* net/tramp-sh.el (tramp-get-ls-command): Use "-b" argument if possible.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobe696268d9eeb53b49eef5140d2ed406bf1dec311
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 53104
69 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 53104
89 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 53104
100 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 53104 431149
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 53104
242 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21298 17013 555424 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21291
841 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 53104 431149
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 53104 431149
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 53104 431149
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
982 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 53104 431149
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 53104 431149
1041 ;;;;;; 0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
1157 ;;;;;; 0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 53104
1249 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21291 53104
1456 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1484 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 53104 431149
1497 ;;;;;; 0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 53104
1558 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 53104 431149
1569 ;;;;;; 0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1608 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1655 ;;;***
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 8261 281810
1658 ;;;;;; 0))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 disk changes.
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1683 \(fn)" nil nil)
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1711 \(fn)" nil nil)
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1744 ;;;***
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771 a random distance & direction.
1772 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1776 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;***
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21291 53104
1787 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1803 ;;;***
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21294 9760 745628 0))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1807 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1810 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1811 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1812 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1816 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1817 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1818 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1821 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1826 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1832 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1833 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1834 seconds.
1836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838 ;;;***
1840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1841 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of FORMS.
1846 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1847 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1848 FORMS once.
1849 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1850 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1851 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1858 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1859 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1860 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1861 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1868 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1869 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1870 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1871 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875 ;;;***
1877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 53104
1878 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1882 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1883 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1884 of corresponding buffers.
1885 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1886 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1887 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1888 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1889 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1892 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1893 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1898 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1903 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1904 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1905 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1908 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1909 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1910 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1911 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1914 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1917 Special information:
1919 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1922 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1923 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1924 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1925 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1926 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1927 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1930 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1931 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1934 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1935 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1936 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1937 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1938 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1939 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1940 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944 ----------------------------------------------------------
1945 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1946 if that value is non-nil.
1948 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950 \(fn)" t nil)
1952 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1953 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1954 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1955 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1956 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1957 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1958 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1959 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1960 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1961 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1962 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1963 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967 ;;;***
1969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1970 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1974 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976 \(fn)" t nil)
1978 ;;;***
1980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 53104 431149
1981 ;;;;;; 0))
1982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1985 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1988 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1989 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1999 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003 ;;;***
2005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 53104
2006 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Play blackbox.
2011 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013 What is blackbox?
2015 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2016 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2017 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2018 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2019 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2020 your score.
2022 Overview of play:
2024 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2025 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2026 four.
2028 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2029 movement keys.
2031 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2032 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2035 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2038 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2039 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2040 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2041 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2042 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044 Details:
2046 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2049 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2050 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2051 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2054 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2055 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2058 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2059 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2062 example.
2064 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2065 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2066 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2067 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2068 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2069 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2070 ray.
2072 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2073 degree deflection it causes.
2076 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2079 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2086 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2087 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2091 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2100 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2101 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2102 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2103 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2104 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2105 emerging from the box.
2107 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2114 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2119 a reflection.
2121 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123 ;;;***
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21291 53104 431149
2126 ;;;;;; 0))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2128 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2133 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2134 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2135 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2136 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2137 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2138 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2141 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2142 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2145 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2146 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2147 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2148 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2149 recent one.
2151 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2152 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2153 yank successive words.
2155 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2156 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2157 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2158 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2159 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2162 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2163 the list of bookmarks.)
2165 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2169 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2170 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2171 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2172 this.
2174 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2175 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2176 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2177 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2180 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2183 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2184 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2189 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2194 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2197 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2198 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2203 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2206 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2213 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2214 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2215 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2218 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2219 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2222 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2223 name.
2225 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2228 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2229 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2232 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2233 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2234 this.
2236 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2239 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2242 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2243 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2244 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2245 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2246 probably because we were called from there.
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2251 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2252 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2256 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2257 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2258 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2259 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2260 \(second argument).
2262 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2263 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2264 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2265 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2266 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2268 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2269 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2270 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2271 `bookmark-default-file'.
2273 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2275 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2276 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2277 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2278 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2279 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2280 while loading.
2282 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2283 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2284 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2285 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2286 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2287 explicitly.
2289 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2290 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2291 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2292 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2294 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2297 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2298 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2299 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2300 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302 \(fn)" t nil)
2304 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2309 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311 \(fn)" t nil)
2313 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317 ;;;***
2319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21291 53104
2320 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2324 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2325 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2326 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2329 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2330 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2331 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2332 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2337 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2338 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2339 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2340 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2341 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2347 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2348 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2349 narrowed.
2351 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2354 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356 \(fn)" t nil)
2358 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2359 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2365 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2366 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2367 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2368 first, if that exists.
2370 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2374 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2375 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2380 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2381 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2382 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2383 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2384 to use.
2386 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2389 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2390 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2391 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2396 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2397 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2398 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2401 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2402 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2403 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2406 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2407 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2410 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2415 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2416 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2417 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2421 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2422 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2425 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2426 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2429 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2434 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2435 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2436 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2437 Firefox.
2439 When called interactively, if variable
2440 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2441 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2442 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2443 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2446 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2447 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2450 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2453 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2454 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2455 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2456 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2457 URL in a new window.
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2464 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2465 Chromium.
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2471 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2472 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2475 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2476 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2477 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2480 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2481 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2484 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2494 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2495 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2496 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2499 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2500 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2501 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2504 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2531 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2532 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2535 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2536 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2537 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2540 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2545 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2546 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2549 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2550 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2553 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2559 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2560 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2562 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2565 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2566 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2567 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2568 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2569 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2575 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2576 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2577 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2580 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2581 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2582 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2585 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2590 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2591 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2592 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2593 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2594 current one.
2596 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2597 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2598 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2602 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2607 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2608 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2609 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2610 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2611 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2616 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2617 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2622 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2623 Default to the URL around the point.
2625 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2626 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2629 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633 ;;;***
2635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
2636 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2637 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2639 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2640 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2641 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2642 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644 \(fn)" t nil)
2646 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2647 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2648 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2649 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651 \(fn)" t nil)
2653 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2654 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656 \(fn)" t nil)
2658 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2659 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2660 \\<bs-mode-map>
2661 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2662 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2663 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2664 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2667 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2668 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2669 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2670 name of buffer configuration.
2672 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674 ;;;***
2676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 53104 431149
2677 ;;;;;; 0))
2678 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2681 Play Bubbles game.
2682 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2683 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2684 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2685 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2686 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2687 columns on its right towards the left.
2689 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694 \(fn)" t nil)
2696 ;;;***
2698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2699 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
2700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2705 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2706 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2707 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2708 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2713 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717 ;;;***
2719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21291
2720 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2722 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2723 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2728 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2729 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2730 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2731 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2732 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2733 else the global value will be modified.
2735 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2738 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2739 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2740 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2741 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2742 else the global value will be modified.
2744 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2747 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2748 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2752 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2753 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2754 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2755 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2757 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2758 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2759 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2760 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2761 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2762 before scanning it.
2764 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2765 that already has a `.elc' file.
2767 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2768 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2771 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2772 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2773 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2774 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2775 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2780 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2781 Print the result in the echo area.
2782 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2787 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2788 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2793 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2794 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2795 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2796 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2797 all functions called by those functions.
2799 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2800 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2801 cons, etc.).
2803 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2804 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2805 invoked interactively.
2807 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2810 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2811 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2812 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2817 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2818 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2819 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2820 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2821 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2822 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2823 already up-to-date.
2825 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2828 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2829 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2830 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2833 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2834 and corresponding effects.
2836 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838 ;;;***
2840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2841 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2842 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2844 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848 ;;;***
2850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 53104
2851 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2854 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2856 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2858 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 ;;;***
2862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2863 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2864 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2866 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2867 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2868 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2869 from the cursor position.
2871 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2873 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2875 ;;;***
2877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2879 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2881 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2882 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2886 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2887 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2889 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2891 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2892 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2894 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2896 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2897 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2899 \(fn)" t nil)
2901 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2902 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2903 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2904 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2906 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2908 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2909 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2910 This is most useful in the X window system.
2911 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2912 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2914 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2916 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2917 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2918 See calc-keypad for details.
2920 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2923 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2925 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2927 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2928 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2933 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2935 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2937 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2938 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2939 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2941 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2943 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2944 Define Calc function.
2946 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2947 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2948 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2950 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2951 actual Lisp function name.
2953 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2955 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2957 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2959 ;;;***
2961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 53104
2962 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2963 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2965 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2968 \(fn N)" t nil)
2970 ;;;***
2972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 53104 431149
2973 ;;;;;; 0))
2974 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2976 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2977 Run the Emacs calculator.
2978 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2980 \(fn)" t nil)
2982 ;;;***
2984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21291 53104
2985 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2986 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2988 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2989 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2990 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2991 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2992 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2993 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2995 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2996 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2997 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2998 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2999 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3000 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3001 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3002 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3003 window.
3005 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3006 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3008 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3009 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3010 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3011 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3012 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3013 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3015 Runs the following hooks:
3017 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3018 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3019 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3020 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3022 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3026 ;;;***
3028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 53104 431149
3029 ;;;;;; 0))
3030 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3032 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3033 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3035 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3037 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3038 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3039 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3040 it fails.
3042 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3044 ;;;***
3046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3047 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3048 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3050 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3051 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3052 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3053 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3054 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3056 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3057 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3058 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3059 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3060 restriction to ASCII.
3062 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3064 capitalizedWorDD
3065 ^ ^ ^^
3067 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3068 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3069 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3071 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3072 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3073 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3074 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3075 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3076 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3077 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3079 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3080 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3084 ;;;***
3086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21291
3087 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3088 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3089 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3091 ;;;***
3093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3094 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3097 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3098 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3100 \(fn)" nil nil)
3102 ;;;***
3104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21307 46976
3105 ;;;;;; 832220 0))
3106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3108 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3109 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3111 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3112 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3114 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3115 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3117 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3119 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3120 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3121 made from scratch.
3123 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3125 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3126 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3128 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3129 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3130 made from scratch.
3132 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3134 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3135 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3137 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3139 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3140 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3141 made from scratch.
3143 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3145 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3146 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3148 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3149 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3150 made from scratch.
3152 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3154 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3155 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3157 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3159 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3160 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3161 made from scratch.
3163 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3165 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3166 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3168 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3169 variables are guessed:
3171 * `c-basic-offset', and
3172 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3173 `c-offsets-alist'.
3175 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3176 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3178 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3179 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3181 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3182 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3183 guess is made from scratch.
3185 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3186 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3188 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3190 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3191 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3192 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3193 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3195 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3196 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3197 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3199 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3201 ;;;***
3203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 53104
3204 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3207 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3208 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3209 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3210 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3211 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3212 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3213 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3215 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3216 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3225 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3226 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3227 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3228 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3229 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3230 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3232 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3234 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3235 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3237 Key bindings:
3238 \\{c-mode-map}
3240 \(fn)" t nil)
3242 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3243 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3244 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3245 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3246 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3247 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3248 message.
3250 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3253 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3255 Key bindings:
3256 \\{c++-mode-map}
3258 \(fn)" t nil)
3259 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3261 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3262 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3263 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3264 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3265 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3266 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3267 message.
3269 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3271 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3272 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3274 Key bindings:
3275 \\{objc-mode-map}
3277 \(fn)" t nil)
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3280 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing Java code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3283 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3286 message.
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3293 Key bindings:
3294 \\{java-mode-map}
3296 \(fn)" t nil)
3297 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3299 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3300 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3301 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3302 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3303 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3304 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3305 message.
3307 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3309 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3310 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3312 Key bindings:
3313 \\{idl-mode-map}
3315 \(fn)" t nil)
3316 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3317 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3319 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3320 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3321 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3322 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3323 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3324 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3325 message.
3327 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3329 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3330 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3332 Key bindings:
3333 \\{pike-mode-map}
3335 \(fn)" t nil)
3336 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3337 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3338 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3339 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3340 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3342 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3343 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3344 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3345 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3346 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3347 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3349 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3351 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3352 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3354 Key bindings:
3355 \\{awk-mode-map}
3357 \(fn)" t nil)
3359 ;;;***
3361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3362 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3365 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3366 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3367 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3368 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3370 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3372 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3373 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3374 might get set too.
3376 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3377 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3378 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3379 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3380 in this way.
3382 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3383 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3384 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3385 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3386 a null operation.
3388 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3390 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3391 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3392 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3393 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3395 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3397 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3398 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3399 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3401 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3403 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3404 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3405 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3406 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3407 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3409 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3411 ;;;***
3413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 53104
3414 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3416 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3417 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3418 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3420 ;;;***
3422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 53104 431149
3423 ;;;;;; 0))
3424 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3426 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3427 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3429 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3431 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3432 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3434 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3436 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3437 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3439 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3440 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3441 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3442 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3443 execution.
3445 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3447 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3449 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3450 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3452 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3453 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3454 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3455 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3457 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3458 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3459 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3460 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3461 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3462 `write' commands.
3464 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3465 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3466 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3467 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3469 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3470 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3471 semantics.
3473 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3475 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3477 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3479 STATEMENT :=
3480 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3481 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3483 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3484 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3485 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3486 | integer
3488 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3490 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3491 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3492 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3494 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3495 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3496 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3498 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3499 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3501 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3502 BREAK := (break)
3504 REPEAT :=
3505 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3506 (repeat)
3507 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3508 ;; (repeat))
3509 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3510 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3511 ;; (read REG)
3512 ;; (repeat))
3513 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3514 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3515 ;; (read REG)
3516 ;; (repeat))
3517 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3519 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3520 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3521 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3522 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3523 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3524 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3525 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3526 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3527 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3528 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3529 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3530 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3531 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3532 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3533 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3534 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3536 WRITE :=
3537 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3538 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3539 ;; representation.
3540 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3541 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3542 ;; (write r7))
3543 | (write EXPRESSION)
3544 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3545 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3546 ;; representation.
3547 | (write integer)
3548 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3549 ;; buffer.
3550 | (write string)
3551 ;; Same as: (write string)
3552 | string
3553 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3554 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3555 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3556 ;; representation.
3557 | (write REG ARRAY)
3558 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3559 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3560 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3561 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3562 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3563 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3565 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3566 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3568 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3569 END := (end)
3571 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3572 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3573 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3575 ARG := REG | integer
3577 OPERATOR :=
3578 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3579 + | - | * | / | %
3581 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3582 | & | `|' | ^
3584 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3585 | << | >>
3587 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3588 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3589 | <8
3591 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3592 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3593 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3594 | >8
3596 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3597 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3598 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3599 | //
3601 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3602 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3604 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3605 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3606 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3607 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3608 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3609 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3610 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3611 | de-sjis
3613 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3614 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3615 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3616 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3617 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3618 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3619 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3620 ;; byte of SJIS.
3621 | en-sjis
3623 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3624 ;; Same meaning as C code
3625 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3627 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3628 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3629 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3630 | <8=
3632 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3633 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3634 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3636 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3637 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3638 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3639 | //=
3641 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3644 TRANSLATE :=
3645 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3646 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3647 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3648 LOOKUP :=
3649 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3650 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3651 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3652 MAP :=
3653 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3654 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3655 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3656 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3657 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3658 MAP-ID := integer
3660 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3662 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3664 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3665 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3666 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3667 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3668 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3669 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3671 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3673 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3674 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3675 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3677 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3679 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3681 ;;;***
3683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 53104
3684 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3687 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3688 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3689 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3690 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3692 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3694 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3696 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3697 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3699 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3701 ;;;***
3703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 53104 431149
3704 ;;;;;; 0))
3705 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3706 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3708 ;;;***
3710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 53104
3711 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3712 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3713 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3715 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3716 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3717 There are no special keybindings by default.
3719 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3720 to the action header.
3722 \(fn)" t nil)
3724 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3725 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3726 There are no special keybindings by default.
3728 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3729 to the action header.
3731 \(fn)" t nil)
3733 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3734 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3735 on the buffer contents
3737 \(fn)" nil nil)
3739 ;;;***
3741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 53104
3742 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3744 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3746 ;;;***
3748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3749 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
3750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3752 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3753 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3754 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3756 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3758 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3759 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3760 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3762 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3764 ;;;***
3766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3767 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3768 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3769 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3771 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3779 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3782 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3783 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3784 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3786 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3787 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3788 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3789 the users will view as each check is completed.
3791 \(fn)" t nil)
3793 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3794 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3795 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3796 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3797 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3798 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3799 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3800 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3802 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3805 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3806 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3807 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3808 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3809 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3810 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3811 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3813 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3816 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3817 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3818 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3819 spacing are all verified.
3821 \(fn)" t nil)
3823 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3824 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3825 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3826 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3827 otherwise stop after the first error.
3829 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3831 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3832 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3833 Only documentation strings are checked.
3834 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3835 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3836 a separate buffer.
3838 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3840 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3841 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3842 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3843 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3844 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3846 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3848 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3849 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3850 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3851 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3852 if there is one.
3854 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3857 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3858 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3859 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3860 if there is one.
3861 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3863 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3866 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3867 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3869 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3872 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3873 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3874 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3875 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3877 \(fn)" t nil)
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3880 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3881 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3882 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3883 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3884 space at the end of each line.
3886 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3888 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3889 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3890 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3891 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3893 \(fn)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3896 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3897 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3898 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3900 \(fn)" t nil)
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3904 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3905 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3907 \(fn)" t nil)
3909 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3910 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3911 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3912 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3914 \(fn)" t nil)
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3917 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3918 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3919 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3921 \(fn)" t nil)
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3924 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3925 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3926 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3928 \(fn)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3931 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3932 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3933 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3935 \(fn)" t nil)
3937 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3938 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3939 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3940 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3942 \(fn)" t nil)
3944 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3945 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3946 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3947 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3949 \(fn)" t nil)
3951 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3952 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3953 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3954 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3955 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3957 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3958 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3959 checking of documentation strings.
3961 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3965 ;;;***
3967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3968 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3969 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3971 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3972 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3973 Return the length of resulting text.
3975 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3977 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3978 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3980 \(fn)" t nil)
3982 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3983 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3984 Return the length of resulting text.
3986 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3989 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3991 \(fn)" t nil)
3993 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3996 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3998 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4001 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4003 ;;;***
4005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 53104 431149
4006 ;;;;;; 0))
4007 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4009 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4010 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4011 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4012 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4013 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4014 editing and the result is evaluated.
4016 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4018 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4019 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4020 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4021 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4022 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4024 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4026 \(fn)" t nil)
4028 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4029 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4030 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4031 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4032 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4034 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4035 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4036 \\{command-history-map}
4038 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4039 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4041 \(fn)" t nil)
4043 ;;;***
4045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4046 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4049 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4050 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4051 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4052 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4053 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4054 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4055 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4056 of this function.
4058 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4059 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4060 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4061 property are:
4063 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4064 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4066 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4067 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4068 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4069 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4070 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4071 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4072 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4073 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4074 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4075 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4076 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4077 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4079 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4080 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4081 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4083 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4084 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4085 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4086 list elements are:
4088 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4090 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4092 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4094 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4095 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4097 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4098 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4100 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4101 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4102 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4103 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4104 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4105 value specified by their associated list element.
4107 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4109 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4110 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4111 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4113 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4114 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4115 * indent the first argument by 4.
4116 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4117 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4118 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4120 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4122 ;;;***
4124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 53104
4125 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4127 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4129 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4131 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4132 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4133 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4134 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4135 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4136 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4138 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4139 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4141 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4143 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4145 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4147 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4149 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4151 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4153 ;;;***
4155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 53104
4156 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4159 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4160 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4161 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4162 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4164 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4165 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4166 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4167 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4169 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4170 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4172 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4174 ;;;***
4176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 53104 431149
4177 ;;;;;; 0))
4178 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4180 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4181 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4182 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4183 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4184 of `scheme-program-name').
4185 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4186 it is given as initial input.
4187 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4188 discards input when it starts up.
4189 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4190 is run).
4191 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4193 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4195 ;;;***
4197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4200 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4201 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4202 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4203 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4205 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4206 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4208 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4209 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4210 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4212 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4214 ;;;***
4216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
4217 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4219 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4220 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4221 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4222 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4223 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4224 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4225 functions have already modified the buffer.
4227 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4229 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4230 either globally or locally.")
4232 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4233 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4234 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4235 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4237 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4238 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4239 `start-file-process'
4240 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4241 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4242 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4244 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4245 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4247 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4249 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4251 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4253 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4254 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4255 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4256 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4257 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4258 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4259 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4260 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4261 process as its initial input.
4263 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4265 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4267 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4269 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4270 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4271 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4272 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4273 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4274 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4276 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4278 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4279 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4280 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4281 directory tracking functions.")
4283 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4284 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4285 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4287 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4289 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4291 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4292 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4293 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4295 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4297 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4299 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4300 Send COMMAND to current process.
4301 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4302 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4304 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4306 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4307 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4308 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4309 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4311 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4313 ;;;***
4315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 53104
4316 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4317 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4319 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4320 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4321 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4322 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4324 This command pushes the mark in each window
4325 at the prior location of point in that window.
4326 If both windows display the same buffer,
4327 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4328 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4330 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4331 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4332 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4333 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4334 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4335 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4336 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4337 ignored.
4339 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4340 this command work in interlaced mode:
4341 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4342 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4343 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4345 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4347 ;;;***
4349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21291 53104
4350 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4353 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4354 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4356 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4358 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4359 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4360 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4362 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4364 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4365 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4366 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4368 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4370 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4371 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4372 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4373 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4374 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4376 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4377 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4378 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4379 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4380 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4382 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4383 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4384 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4385 describing how the process finished.")
4387 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4388 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4389 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4390 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4391 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4393 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4394 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4395 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4397 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4399 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4400 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4401 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4402 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4404 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4406 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4407 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4409 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4410 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4412 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4413 (lambda ()
4414 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4415 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4416 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4417 (concat \"make -k \"
4418 (if buffer-file-name
4419 (shell-quote-argument
4420 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4422 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4423 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4425 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4426 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4427 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4428 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4430 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4432 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4433 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4434 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4435 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4437 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4438 and move to the source code that caused it.
4440 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4441 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4443 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4444 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4445 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4446 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4447 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4449 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4450 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4451 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4452 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4454 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4455 kills its subprocesses.
4457 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4458 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4459 to a function that generates a unique name.
4461 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4463 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4464 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4465 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4466 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4468 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4469 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4471 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4472 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4473 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4474 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4476 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4477 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4478 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4480 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4482 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4484 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4485 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4486 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4487 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4488 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4490 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4492 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4494 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4496 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4498 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4499 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4500 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4501 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4502 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4504 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4505 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4506 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4507 See `compilation-mode'.
4509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4511 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4512 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4514 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4515 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4517 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4518 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4519 `compilation-mode'.
4521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4523 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4524 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4525 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4527 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4529 ;;;***
4531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 53104 431149
4532 ;;;;;; 0))
4533 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4535 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4536 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4537 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4540 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4542 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4544 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4545 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4547 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4548 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4552 ;;;***
4554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4555 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4556 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4558 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4559 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4560 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4561 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4562 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4563 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4564 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4566 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4567 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4568 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4570 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4571 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4572 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4574 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4575 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4576 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4577 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4579 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4580 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4581 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4582 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4583 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4584 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4585 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4587 \\{conf-mode-map}
4589 \(fn)" t nil)
4591 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4592 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4593 Comments start with `#'.
4594 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4596 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4598 \[Desktop Entry]
4599 Encoding=UTF-8
4600 Name=The GIMP
4601 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4602 Name[cs]=GIMP
4604 \(fn)" t nil)
4606 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4607 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4608 Comments start with `;'.
4609 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4611 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4613 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4614 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4615 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4617 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4618 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4620 \(fn)" t nil)
4622 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4623 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4624 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4625 between `/*' and `*/'.
4626 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4628 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4629 // another kind of comment
4630 /* yet another */
4632 name:value
4633 name=value
4634 name value
4635 x.1 =
4636 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4637 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4639 \(fn)" t nil)
4641 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4642 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4643 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4644 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4645 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4646 `conf-space-keywords'.
4647 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4648 in an interactive fashion instead.
4650 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4652 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4654 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4655 image/png png
4656 image/tiff tiff tif
4658 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4659 class desktop
4660 # Standard multimedia devices
4661 add /dev/audio desktop
4662 add /dev/mixer desktop
4664 \(fn)" t nil)
4666 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4667 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4668 See `conf-space-mode'.
4670 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4672 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4673 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4674 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4675 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4677 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4679 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4680 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4682 \(fn)" t nil)
4684 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4686 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4687 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4689 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4691 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4692 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4694 \(fn)" t nil)
4696 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4697 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4698 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4699 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4701 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4703 *background: gray99
4704 *foreground: black
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 ;;;***
4710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 53104 431149
4711 ;;;;;; 0))
4712 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4714 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4715 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4716 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4717 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4718 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4719 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4721 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4723 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4724 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4725 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4726 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4728 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4730 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4731 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4732 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4733 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4735 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4737 ;;;***
4739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4740 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4742 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4743 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4744 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4746 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4747 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4748 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4749 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4750 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4751 following the copyright are updated as well.
4752 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4753 interactively.
4755 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4757 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4758 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4759 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4760 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4761 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4763 \(fn)" t nil)
4765 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4766 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4768 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4770 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4771 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4772 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4774 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4776 ;;;***
4778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4779 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4780 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4781 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4782 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4783 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4785 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4787 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4789 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4790 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4791 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4792 Tab indents for Perl code.
4793 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4794 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4796 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4797 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4798 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4799 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4800 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4801 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4802 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4803 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4804 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4805 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4806 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4807 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4809 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4811 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4812 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4814 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4816 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4817 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4818 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4819 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4820 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4821 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4822 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4823 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4824 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4826 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4828 bite if angry;
4830 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4831 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4832 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4833 to nil.)
4835 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4836 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4837 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4839 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4841 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4842 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4843 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4844 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4845 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4847 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4849 if (A) { B }
4851 into
4853 B if A;
4855 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4857 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4858 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4859 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4860 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4861 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4862 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4863 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4864 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4865 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4866 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4867 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4868 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4869 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4871 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4872 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4873 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4874 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4875 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4876 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4878 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4879 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4880 man via menu.
4882 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4883 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4884 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4885 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4886 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4888 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4889 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4890 span the needed amount of lines.
4892 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4893 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4894 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4895 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4897 Variables controlling indentation style:
4898 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4899 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4900 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4901 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4902 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4903 `cperl-auto-newline'
4904 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4905 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4906 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4907 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4908 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4909 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4910 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4911 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4912 `cperl-indent-level'
4913 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4914 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4915 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4916 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4917 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4918 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4919 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4920 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4921 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4922 `cperl-brace-offset'
4923 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4924 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4925 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4926 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4927 `cperl-label-offset'
4928 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4929 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4930 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4932 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4933 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4934 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4935 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4936 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4937 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4939 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4940 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4941 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4942 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4944 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4945 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4946 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4947 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4948 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4949 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4950 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4952 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4953 column 0 is indented on
4954 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4956 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4957 with no args.
4959 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4960 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4961 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4963 \(fn)" t nil)
4965 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4966 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4968 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4970 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4971 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4973 \(fn)" t nil)
4975 ;;;***
4977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 53104 431149
4978 ;;;;;; 0))
4979 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4981 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4982 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4983 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4984 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4985 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4987 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4989 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4990 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4992 \(fn)" t nil)
4994 ;;;***
4996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
4997 ;;;;;; 0))
4998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5000 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5001 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5002 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5003 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5005 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5006 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5008 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5010 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5011 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5012 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5013 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5014 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5018 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5020 ;;;***
5022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 53104 431149
5023 ;;;;;; 0))
5024 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5026 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5027 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5028 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5029 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5030 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5031 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5032 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5033 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5035 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5036 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5038 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5039 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5040 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5042 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5043 with empty strings removed.
5045 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5047 ;;;***
5049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 53104
5050 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5053 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5054 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5056 \(fn)" t nil)
5058 ;;;***
5060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21291 53104
5061 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5064 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5065 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5066 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5067 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5068 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5069 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5071 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5073 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5074 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5075 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5076 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5077 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5079 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5080 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5081 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5082 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5083 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5084 normal function of these prefix keys.
5086 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5087 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5088 options:
5089 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5090 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5091 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5093 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5094 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5095 the prefix fallback behavior.
5097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5099 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5100 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5102 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5104 ;;;***
5106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21291 53104
5107 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5110 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5111 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5112 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5116 ;;;***
5118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21291 53104 431149
5119 ;;;;;; 0))
5120 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5122 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5123 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5125 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5127 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5128 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5130 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5132 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5133 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5135 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5137 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5138 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5140 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5141 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5143 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5144 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5146 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5148 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5150 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5151 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5152 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5154 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5155 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5157 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5158 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5160 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5161 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5163 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5165 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5167 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5168 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5169 Return VALUE.
5171 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5172 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5174 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5175 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5177 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5178 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5180 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5182 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5184 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5185 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5186 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5187 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5189 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5190 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5191 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5193 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5195 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5196 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5197 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5198 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5199 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5201 \(fn)" t nil)
5203 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5204 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5205 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5206 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5208 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5210 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5211 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5212 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5214 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5216 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5217 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5219 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5221 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5223 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5226 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5228 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5230 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5231 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5232 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5234 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5236 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5237 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5238 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5239 as part of Emacs itself.
5241 Each elements looks like this:
5243 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5245 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5246 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5247 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5248 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5249 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5250 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5251 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5252 and `defface'.
5254 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5256 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5257 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5258 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5259 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5260 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5262 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5263 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5264 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5265 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5267 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5269 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5270 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5271 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5272 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5273 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5274 release.
5276 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5277 that were added or redefined since that version.
5279 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5281 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5282 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5283 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5284 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5286 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5288 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5289 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5291 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5293 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5294 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5295 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5297 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5298 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5300 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5302 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5303 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5305 \(fn)" t nil)
5307 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5308 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5310 \(fn)" t nil)
5312 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5313 Customize all saved options and faces.
5315 \(fn)" t nil)
5317 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5318 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5319 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5320 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5321 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5322 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5324 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5325 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5326 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5328 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5330 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5331 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5333 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5335 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5336 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5338 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5340 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5341 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5343 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5345 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5346 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5347 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5348 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5349 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5350 that option.
5351 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5353 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5355 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5356 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5357 The result includes selecting that window.
5358 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5359 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5360 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5361 that option.
5363 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5365 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5366 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5368 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5370 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5371 File used for storing customization information.
5372 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5373 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5374 it should be an absolute file name.
5376 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5377 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5378 something like the following in your init file:
5380 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5381 \(load custom-file)
5383 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5384 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5386 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5387 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5388 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5389 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5390 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5392 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5393 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5394 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5395 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5396 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5397 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5398 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5399 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5400 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5401 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5403 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5405 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5406 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5408 \(fn)" nil nil)
5410 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5411 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5413 \(fn)" t nil)
5415 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5416 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5417 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5419 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5421 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5422 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5423 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5424 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5425 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5427 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5429 ;;;***
5431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 53104 431149
5432 ;;;;;; 0))
5433 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5435 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5436 Create or edit a custom theme.
5437 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5438 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5439 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5440 from the Custom save file.
5441 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5442 named *Custom Theme*.
5444 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5446 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5447 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5449 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5451 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5452 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5454 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5456 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5457 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5458 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5459 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5461 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5463 ;;;***
5465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 53104
5466 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5467 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5469 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5470 Mode used for cvs status output.
5472 \(fn)" t nil)
5474 ;;;***
5476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 53104 431149
5477 ;;;;;; 0))
5478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5479 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5481 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5482 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5484 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5486 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5487 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5488 C++ modes are included.
5490 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5491 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5492 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5496 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5498 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5499 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5500 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5501 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5502 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5503 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5505 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5507 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5508 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5509 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5510 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5511 ARG is omitted or nil.
5513 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5514 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5515 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5519 ;;;***
5521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5522 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
5523 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5525 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5526 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5528 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5530 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5531 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5533 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5535 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5536 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5537 For readability, the table is slightly
5538 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5540 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5541 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5542 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5543 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5544 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5546 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5548 ;;;***
5550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 53104 431149
5551 ;;;;;; 0))
5552 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5553 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5554 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5555 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5556 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5558 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5559 Completion on current word.
5560 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5561 and presents suggestions for completion.
5563 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5564 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5565 completions.
5567 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5568 then it searches *all* buffers.
5570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5572 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5573 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5575 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5576 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5577 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5578 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5579 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5581 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5582 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5584 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5585 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5586 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5588 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5589 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5591 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5593 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5595 ;;;***
5597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 53104
5598 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5599 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5601 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5602 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5604 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5606 ;;;***
5608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
5609 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5611 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5612 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5613 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5614 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5615 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5617 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5619 ;;;***
5621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 53104
5622 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5625 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5626 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5628 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5629 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5630 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5632 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5633 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5634 Data lines are not indented.
5636 Key bindings:
5638 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5639 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5641 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5642 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5643 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5644 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5646 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5648 dcl-basic-offset
5649 Extra indentation within blocks.
5651 dcl-continuation-offset
5652 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5654 dcl-margin-offset
5655 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5657 dcl-margin-label-offset
5658 Indentation for a label.
5660 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5661 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5663 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5664 dcl-block-end-regexp
5665 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5666 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5667 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5668 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5669 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5671 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5672 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5673 Two such functions are included in the package:
5674 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5675 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5677 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5678 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5679 One such function is included in the package:
5680 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5682 dcl-tab-always-indent
5683 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5684 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5685 margin.
5687 dcl-electric-characters
5688 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5689 typed.
5691 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5692 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5693 which words trigger electric indentation.
5695 dcl-tempo-comma
5696 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5697 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5698 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5700 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5701 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5702 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5703 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5705 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5706 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5707 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5708 dcl-imenu-label-call
5709 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5711 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5712 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5713 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5714 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5717 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5719 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5720 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5721 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5722 $ i = 1
5723 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5724 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5725 $ label:
5726 $ if i.eq.1
5727 $ then
5728 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5729 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5730 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5731 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5732 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5733 \"lined up with the command line\"
5734 $ type sys$input
5735 Data lines are not indented at all.
5736 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5737 $ endif
5741 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5742 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5744 \(fn)" t nil)
5746 ;;;***
5748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 53104
5749 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5752 (setq debugger 'debug)
5754 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5755 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5756 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5757 of the evaluator.
5759 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5760 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5761 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5763 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5765 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5766 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5768 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5770 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5771 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5772 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5773 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5774 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5775 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5777 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5778 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5780 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5782 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5783 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5784 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5785 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5786 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5788 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5790 ;;;***
5792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 53104
5793 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5794 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5796 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5797 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5799 \(fn)" t nil)
5801 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5802 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5803 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5804 Upper-case letters are commands.
5806 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5807 modify it.
5809 The most useful commands are:
5810 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5811 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5812 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5813 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5814 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5815 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5817 \(fn)" t nil)
5819 ;;;***
5821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 53104 431149
5822 ;;;;;; 0))
5823 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5824 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5826 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5827 Customization of `columns' group.
5829 \(fn)" t nil)
5831 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5832 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5834 START and END delimits the text region.
5836 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5838 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5839 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5841 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5843 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5845 ;;;***
5847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
5848 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5850 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5852 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5853 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5854 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5855 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5856 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5857 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5859 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5861 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5862 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5863 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5864 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5865 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5867 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5868 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5869 point regardless of any selection.
5871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5873 ;;;***
5875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 53104
5876 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5879 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5880 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5882 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5884 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5885 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5886 or nil if there is no parent.
5887 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5888 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5889 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5890 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5891 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5893 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5894 arguments are currently understood:
5895 :group GROUP
5896 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5897 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5898 :syntax-table TABLE
5899 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5900 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5901 :abbrev-table TABLE
5902 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5903 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5905 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5907 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5909 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5910 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5911 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5913 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5914 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5916 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5917 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5918 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5920 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5921 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5923 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5924 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5926 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5928 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5930 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5932 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5933 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5934 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5935 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5936 the first time the mode is used.
5938 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5940 ;;;***
5942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 53104 431149
5943 ;;;;;; 0))
5944 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5946 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5947 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5948 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5949 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5950 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5951 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5952 otherwise.
5954 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5956 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5957 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5958 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5959 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5961 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5962 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5963 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5965 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5966 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5967 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5968 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5969 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5970 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5971 relevant to POS.
5973 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5975 ;;;***
5977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21291 53104 431149
5978 ;;;;;; 0))
5979 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5981 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5982 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5983 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5984 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5985 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5986 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5988 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5990 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5991 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5992 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5993 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5994 is omitted or nil.
5996 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5997 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5998 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5999 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6001 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6002 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6004 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6005 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6007 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6009 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6013 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6014 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6015 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6016 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6018 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6020 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6021 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6023 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6024 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6025 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6027 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6028 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6030 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6031 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6032 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6034 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6035 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6036 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6037 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6039 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6041 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6042 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6044 Handlers are called with argument list
6046 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6048 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6050 `desktop-file-version'
6051 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6052 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6053 `desktop-buffer-point'
6054 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6055 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6056 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6058 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6059 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6061 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6062 code like
6064 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6066 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6067 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6069 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6071 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6073 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6074 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6075 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6076 List elements must have the form
6078 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6080 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6081 function.
6083 Handlers are called with argument list
6085 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6087 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6089 `desktop-file-version'
6090 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6091 `desktop-buffer-name'
6092 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6093 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6094 `desktop-buffer-point'
6095 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6096 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6097 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6099 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6100 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6101 created and set.
6103 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6104 code like
6106 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6108 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6109 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6111 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6113 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6115 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6117 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6118 Empty the Desktop.
6119 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6120 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6121 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6122 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6123 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6124 if different).
6126 \(fn)" t nil)
6128 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6129 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6130 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6131 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6132 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6133 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6135 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6137 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6138 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6139 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6141 \(fn)" t nil)
6143 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6144 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6145 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6146 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6147 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6148 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6149 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6150 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6152 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6154 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6155 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6156 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6158 \(fn)" nil nil)
6160 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6162 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6163 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6164 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6165 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6166 directory DIRNAME.
6168 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6170 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6171 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6173 \(fn)" t nil)
6175 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6176 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6178 \(fn)" t nil)
6180 ;;;***
6182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 53104
6183 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6186 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6187 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6188 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6189 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6190 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6191 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6193 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6195 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6196 Repair a broken attribution line.
6197 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6199 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6201 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6202 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6203 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6204 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6206 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6208 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6209 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6211 \(fn)" t nil)
6213 ;;;***
6215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21291
6216 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6217 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6219 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6220 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6221 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6222 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6223 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6227 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6228 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6229 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6230 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6232 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6233 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6234 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6235 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6237 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6238 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6240 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6241 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6242 calendar-date-style 'european
6243 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6245 \(diary-mail-entries)
6247 # diary-rem.el ends here
6249 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6251 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6252 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6254 \(fn)" t nil)
6256 ;;;***
6258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6259 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6261 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6262 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6264 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6266 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6267 The command to use to run diff.")
6269 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6271 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6272 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6273 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6274 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6275 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6276 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6278 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6279 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6280 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6282 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6284 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6285 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6286 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6287 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6288 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6289 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6291 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6293 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6294 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6296 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6298 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6299 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6300 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6302 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6304 ;;;***
6306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21291 53104
6307 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6308 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6310 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6311 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6312 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6313 normal diffs.
6315 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6316 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6317 headers for you on-the-fly.
6319 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6320 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6321 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6323 \\{diff-mode-map}
6325 \(fn)" t nil)
6327 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6328 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6329 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6330 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6331 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6333 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6337 ;;;***
6339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6340 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6342 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6343 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6344 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6346 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6348 ;;;***
6350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21307 46976 832220 0))
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6353 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6354 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6355 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6356 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6357 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6358 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6359 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6360 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6362 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6364 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6365 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6366 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6367 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6368 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6369 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6371 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6372 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6373 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6374 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6375 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6376 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6377 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6378 list of files to make directory entries for.
6379 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6380 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6381 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6383 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6385 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6386 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6388 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6389 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6391 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6392 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6394 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6395 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6397 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6399 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6400 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6402 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6404 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6405 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6406 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6407 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6408 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6409 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6410 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6411 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6412 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6413 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6414 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6415 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6416 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6417 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6418 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6419 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6420 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6421 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6422 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6423 to see why something went wrong.
6424 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6425 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6426 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6427 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6428 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6429 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6430 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6431 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6432 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6433 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6434 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6435 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6436 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6438 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6439 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6440 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6441 again for the directory tree.
6443 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6444 for more info):
6446 `dired-listing-switches'
6447 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6448 `dired-marker-char'
6449 `dired-del-marker'
6450 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6451 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6452 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6453 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6455 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6457 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6458 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6459 `dired-mode-hook'
6460 `dired-load-hook'
6462 Keybindings:
6463 \\{dired-mode-map}
6465 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6466 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6468 ;;;***
6470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 53104 431149
6471 ;;;;;; 0))
6472 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6474 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6475 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6476 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6477 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6478 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6480 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6481 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6482 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6484 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6485 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6486 directory.
6488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6490 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6491 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6492 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6493 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6494 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6495 from `default-directory'.
6497 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6499 ;;;***
6501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 53104
6502 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6503 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6505 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6506 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6507 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6508 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6509 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6510 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6512 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6514 ;;;***
6516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 53104 431149
6517 ;;;;;; 0))
6518 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6520 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6521 Return a new, empty display table.
6523 \(fn)" nil nil)
6525 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6526 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6527 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6528 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6529 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6531 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6533 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6534 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6535 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6536 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6537 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6539 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6541 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6542 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6544 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6546 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6547 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6549 \(fn)" t nil)
6551 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6552 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6554 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6555 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6557 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6558 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6559 byte.
6561 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6562 in the default way after this call.
6564 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6566 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6567 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6569 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6571 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6572 Display character C using printable string S.
6574 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6576 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6577 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6578 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6579 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6581 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6583 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6584 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6585 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6586 X frame.
6588 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6590 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6591 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6593 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6595 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6596 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6598 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6600 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6601 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6603 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6605 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6606 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6608 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6610 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6611 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6613 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6615 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6616 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6618 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6619 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6621 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6622 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6624 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6625 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6626 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6627 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6629 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6630 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6631 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6632 in `.emacs'.
6634 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6636 ;;;***
6638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 53104
6639 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6642 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6643 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6644 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6645 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6646 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6647 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6648 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6649 Default is 2.
6651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6653 ;;;***
6655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6656 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6658 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6659 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6660 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6661 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6662 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6663 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6664 private or ask).
6665 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6666 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6667 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6668 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6669 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6671 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6673 ;;;***
6675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 53104
6676 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6677 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6679 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6680 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6681 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6682 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6683 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6684 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6685 table and its own syntax table.
6687 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6689 \(fn)" t nil)
6690 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6692 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6693 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6695 \(fn)" t nil)
6697 ;;;***
6699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21312 16713 303543
6700 ;;;;;; 0))
6701 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6703 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6704 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6705 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6706 OpenDocument format).
6708 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6710 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6711 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6713 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6714 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6716 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6717 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6718 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6720 \(fn)" t nil)
6722 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6723 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6724 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6725 to the next best mode.
6727 \(fn)" nil nil)
6729 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6730 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6732 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6733 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6735 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6739 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6742 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6744 ;;;***
6746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 53104 431149
6747 ;;;;;; 0))
6748 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6750 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6751 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6753 \(fn)" t nil)
6755 ;;;***
6757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6760 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6761 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6762 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6763 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6764 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6766 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6767 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6771 ;;;***
6773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 53104 431149
6774 ;;;;;; 0))
6775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6776 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6778 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6779 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6781 \(fn)" t nil)
6783 ;;;***
6785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6786 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6789 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6791 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6792 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6793 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6794 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6795 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6797 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6798 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6799 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6800 and disables it otherwise.
6802 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6803 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6804 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6805 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6807 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6808 documenting what its argument does.
6810 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6811 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6812 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6813 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6814 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6815 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6816 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6817 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6819 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6820 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6821 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6822 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6823 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6824 mode is global):
6826 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6827 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6828 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6829 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6830 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6831 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6832 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6833 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6834 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6835 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6836 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6837 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6838 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6839 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6840 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6841 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6842 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6843 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6844 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6845 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6846 in :variable).
6848 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6849 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6851 For example, you could write
6852 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6853 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6854 ...BODY CODE...)
6856 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6858 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6860 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6862 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6864 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6865 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6866 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6867 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6868 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6869 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6870 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6871 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6872 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6873 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6874 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6875 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6877 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6878 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6879 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6880 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6881 call another major mode in their body.
6883 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6884 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6885 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6887 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6889 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6891 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6892 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6893 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6894 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6895 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6896 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6897 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6899 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6901 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6902 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6903 :inherit Parent keymap.
6904 :group Ignored.
6905 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6906 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6908 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6910 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6911 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6912 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6913 the constant's documentation.
6915 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6917 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6918 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6919 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6921 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6923 ;;;***
6925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6926 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6927 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6929 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6930 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6931 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6932 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6934 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6935 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6936 as a top-level menu bar item.
6938 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6939 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6940 pairs:
6942 :filter FUNCTION
6943 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6944 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6945 items to actually display.
6947 :visible INCLUDE
6948 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6949 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6950 alias for `:visible'.
6952 :active ENABLE
6953 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6954 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6955 an alias for `:active'.
6957 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6958 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6960 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6962 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6964 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6965 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6967 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6968 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6970 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6972 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6974 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6975 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6977 :keys KEYS
6978 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6979 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6980 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6981 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6983 :key-sequence KEYS
6984 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6985 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6986 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6987 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6989 :active ENABLE
6990 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6991 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6992 alias for `:active'.
6994 :visible INCLUDE
6995 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6996 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6997 `:visible'.
6999 :label FORM
7000 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7001 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7003 :suffix FORM
7004 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7005 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7007 :style STYLE
7008 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7009 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7010 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7012 :selected SELECTED
7013 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7014 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7016 :help HELP
7017 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7019 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7020 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7021 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7023 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7024 MENU. This is a submenu.
7026 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7028 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7030 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7033 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7035 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7036 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7037 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7038 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7040 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7042 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7043 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7044 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7045 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7046 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7047 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7049 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7050 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7051 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7053 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7054 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7055 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7057 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7058 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7060 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7062 ;;;***
7064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 53104
7065 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7067 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7069 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7070 Customization for ebnf group.
7072 \(fn)" t nil)
7074 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7075 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7077 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7079 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7080 processed.
7082 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7084 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7086 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7087 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7089 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7090 killed after process termination.
7092 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7094 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7096 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7097 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7099 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7100 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7101 it to the printer.
7103 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7104 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7105 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7106 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7108 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7110 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7111 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7112 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7114 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7116 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7117 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7119 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7121 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7122 processed.
7124 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7126 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7128 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7129 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7131 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7132 killed after process termination.
7134 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7136 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7138 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7139 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7140 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7141 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7143 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7145 \(fn)" t nil)
7147 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7148 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7149 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7151 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7153 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7155 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7156 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7158 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7160 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7161 processed.
7163 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7165 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7167 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7168 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7170 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7171 killed after EPS generation.
7173 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7175 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7177 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7178 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7180 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7181 The EPS file name has the following form:
7183 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7185 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7186 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7188 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7189 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7190 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7191 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7192 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7194 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7195 files.
7197 \(fn)" t nil)
7199 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7200 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7202 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7203 The EPS file name has the following form:
7205 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7207 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7208 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7210 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7211 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7212 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7213 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7214 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7216 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7217 files.
7219 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7221 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7223 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7224 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7226 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7228 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7229 are processed.
7231 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7233 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7235 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7236 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7238 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7239 killed after syntax checking.
7241 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7243 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7245 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7246 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7248 \(fn)" t nil)
7250 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7251 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7255 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7256 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7258 \(fn)" nil nil)
7260 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7261 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7263 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7265 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7267 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7268 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7270 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7272 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7274 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7275 Delete style NAME.
7277 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7279 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7284 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7286 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Set STYLE as the current style.
7291 Returns the old style symbol.
7293 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7295 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7297 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7298 Reset current style.
7300 Returns the old style symbol.
7302 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7304 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7306 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7307 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7309 Returns the old style symbol.
7311 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7315 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7320 Returns the old style symbol.
7322 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7324 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7328 ;;;***
7330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 53104
7331 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7334 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7335 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7336 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7337 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7338 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7339 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7341 Tree mode key bindings:
7342 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7344 \(fn)" t nil)
7346 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7347 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7349 \(fn)" t nil)
7351 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7352 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7354 \(fn)" t nil)
7356 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7357 View declaration of member at point.
7359 \(fn)" t nil)
7361 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7362 Find declaration of member at point.
7364 \(fn)" t nil)
7366 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7367 View definition of member at point.
7369 \(fn)" t nil)
7371 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7372 Find definition of member at point.
7374 \(fn)" t nil)
7376 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7377 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7379 \(fn)" t nil)
7381 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7382 View definition of member at point in other window.
7384 \(fn)" t nil)
7386 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7387 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7389 \(fn)" t nil)
7391 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7392 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7394 \(fn)" t nil)
7396 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7397 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7399 \(fn)" t nil)
7401 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7402 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7404 \(fn)" t nil)
7406 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7407 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7408 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7409 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7410 completion.
7412 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7414 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7415 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7416 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7417 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7419 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7421 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7422 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7423 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7424 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7426 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7428 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7429 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7430 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7432 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7434 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7435 Search for call sites of a member.
7436 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7437 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7438 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7439 looks like a function call to the member.
7441 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7443 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7444 Move backward in the position stack.
7445 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7447 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7450 Move forward in the position stack.
7451 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7453 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7455 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7456 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7458 \(fn)" t nil)
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7461 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7463 \(fn)" t nil)
7465 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7466 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7467 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7468 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7470 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7472 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7473 Display statistics for a class tree.
7475 \(fn)" t nil)
7477 ;;;***
7479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 53104 431149
7480 ;;;;;; 0))
7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7483 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7484 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7485 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7486 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7487 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7488 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7489 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7491 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7493 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7494 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7495 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7496 also has this effect.
7497 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7498 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7499 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7500 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7501 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7503 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7505 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7506 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7510 ;;;***
7512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 53104 431149
7513 ;;;;;; 0))
7514 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7516 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7517 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7518 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7520 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7522 ;;;***
7524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 53104
7525 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7528 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7531 \(fn)" nil nil)
7533 ;;;***
7535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7537 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7539 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7540 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7541 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7544 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7546 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7548 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7549 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7551 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7552 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7554 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7555 an EDE controlled project.
7557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7559 ;;;***
7561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21291 53104
7562 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7563 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7565 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7566 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7567 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7568 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7569 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7571 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7572 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7573 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7574 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7576 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7578 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7579 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7580 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7581 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7583 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7585 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7586 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7587 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7588 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7590 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7592 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7594 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7595 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7596 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7597 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7598 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7600 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7601 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7602 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7603 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7604 instrumented for Edebug.
7606 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7607 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7608 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7609 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7610 already is one.)
7612 \(fn)" t nil)
7614 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7615 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7617 \(fn)" t nil)
7619 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7620 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7622 \(fn)" t nil)
7624 ;;;***
7626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21307 46976 832220 0))
7627 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7628 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7630 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7631 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7633 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7635 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7636 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7638 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7640 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7642 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7644 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7645 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7646 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7647 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7649 \(fn)" t nil)
7651 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7652 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7653 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7654 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7656 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7658 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7659 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7661 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7663 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7665 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7666 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7668 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7670 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7672 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7673 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7674 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7675 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7677 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7679 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7681 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7682 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7683 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7684 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7686 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7688 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7690 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7691 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7692 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7693 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7695 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7697 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7699 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7700 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7701 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7702 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7704 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7706 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7708 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7709 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7710 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7711 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7712 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7713 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7715 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7717 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7718 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7719 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7720 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7722 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7724 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7726 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7727 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7728 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7729 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7731 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7733 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7735 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7737 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7738 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7739 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7740 follows:
7741 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7742 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7744 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7746 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7747 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7748 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7749 follows:
7750 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7751 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7753 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7755 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7756 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7757 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7758 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7759 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7761 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7763 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7765 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7766 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7767 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7768 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7770 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7772 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7774 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7775 Merge two files without ancestor.
7777 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7779 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7780 Merge two files with ancestor.
7782 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7784 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7787 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7789 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7791 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7792 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7794 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7796 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7797 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7798 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7799 buffer.
7801 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7803 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7804 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7805 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7806 buffer.
7808 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7810 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7811 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7812 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7813 and don't ask the user.
7814 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7815 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7817 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7819 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7820 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7821 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7822 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7823 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7824 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7825 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7826 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7828 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7830 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7832 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7834 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7835 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7836 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7837 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7838 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7840 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7842 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7844 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7845 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7846 When called interactively, displays the version.
7848 \(fn)" t nil)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7851 Display Ediff's manual.
7852 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7854 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7856 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7859 \(fn)" nil nil)
7861 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7864 \(fn)" nil nil)
7866 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7869 \(fn)" nil nil)
7871 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7874 \(fn)" nil nil)
7876 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7879 \(fn)" nil nil)
7881 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7884 \(fn)" nil nil)
7886 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7889 \(fn)" nil nil)
7891 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7894 \(fn)" nil nil)
7896 ;;;***
7898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 53104
7899 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7900 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7902 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7905 \(fn)" t nil)
7907 ;;;***
7909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21291 53104
7910 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7911 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7913 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7914 Display Ediff's registry.
7916 \(fn)" t nil)
7918 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7920 ;;;***
7922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21319 19378
7923 ;;;;;; 69506 0))
7924 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7926 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7927 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7928 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7929 which see.
7931 \(fn)" t nil)
7933 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7934 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7935 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7936 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7938 \(fn)" t nil)
7940 ;;;***
7942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 53104 431149
7943 ;;;;;; 0))
7944 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7945 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7947 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7948 Edit a keyboard macro.
7949 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7950 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7951 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7952 its command name.
7953 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7955 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7957 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7958 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7960 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7962 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7963 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7965 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7967 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7968 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7969 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7970 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7971 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7972 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7974 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7975 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7976 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7977 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7979 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7981 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7982 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7983 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7984 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7985 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7986 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7988 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7990 ;;;***
7992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 53104 431149
7993 ;;;;;; 0))
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7996 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7997 Set scroll margins.
7998 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7999 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8001 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8003 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8004 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8006 \(fn)" t nil)
8008 ;;;***
8010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8011 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8013 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8014 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8015 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8016 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8017 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8018 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8019 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8021 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8022 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8024 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8025 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8026 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8027 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8029 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8030 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8031 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8033 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8034 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8035 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8037 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8039 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8042 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8044 ;;;***
8046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21291 53104
8047 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8049 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8051 ;;;***
8053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
8054 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8055 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8056 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8058 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8059 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8060 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8061 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8062 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8063 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8064 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8066 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8068 ;;;***
8070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 53104
8071 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8074 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8075 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8077 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8079 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8080 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8082 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8083 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8085 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8086 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8087 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8088 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8089 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8090 expression point is on.
8092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8094 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8096 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8097 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8098 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8099 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8100 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8101 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8102 arg list.
8104 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8105 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8106 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8107 effect.
8109 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8110 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8112 ;;;***
8114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21319 19378 69506
8115 ;;;;;; 0))
8116 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8118 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8119 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8121 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8122 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8123 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8125 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8127 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8128 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8129 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8130 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8131 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8132 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8134 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8136 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8137 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8138 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8139 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8140 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8142 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8143 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8144 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8148 ;;;***
8150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 53104 431149
8151 ;;;;;; 0))
8152 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8154 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8155 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8157 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8158 an elided material again.
8160 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8164 ;;;***
8166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 53104
8167 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8170 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8171 Lint the file FILE.
8173 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8175 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8176 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8177 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8179 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8181 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8182 Lint the current buffer.
8183 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8185 \(fn)" t nil)
8187 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8188 Lint the function at point.
8189 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8191 \(fn)" t nil)
8193 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8194 Initialize elint.
8195 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8196 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8198 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8200 ;;;***
8202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 53104 431149
8203 ;;;;;; 0))
8204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8206 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8207 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8208 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8210 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8212 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8213 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8214 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8215 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8217 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8219 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8220 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8221 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8223 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8225 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8227 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8228 Display current profiling results.
8229 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8230 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8231 displayed.
8233 \(fn)" t nil)
8235 ;;;***
8237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 53104 431149
8238 ;;;;;; 0))
8239 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8241 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8242 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8243 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8244 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8245 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8246 ARG is omitted or nil.
8248 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8249 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8250 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8251 used instead.
8253 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8255 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8256 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8257 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8259 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8263 ;;;***
8265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21295 7741 571176
8266 ;;;;;; 0))
8267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8269 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8270 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8271 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8273 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8275 ;;;***
8277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21291 53104 431149
8278 ;;;;;; 0))
8279 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8281 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8282 Run Emerge on two files.
8284 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8286 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8287 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8289 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8291 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8292 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8294 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8296 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8297 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8299 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8301 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8304 \(fn)" nil nil)
8306 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8309 \(fn)" nil nil)
8311 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8314 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8316 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8319 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8321 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8322 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8324 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8326 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8327 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8329 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8331 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8334 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8336 ;;;***
8338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 53104
8339 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8340 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8342 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8343 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8344 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8345 text/enriched format.
8347 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8348 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8349 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8351 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8353 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8354 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8356 Commands:
8358 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8362 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8365 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8367 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8370 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8372 ;;;***
8374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8375 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8377 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8378 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8380 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8382 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8383 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8385 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8387 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8388 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8389 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8390 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8391 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8392 the keys are listed.
8393 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8395 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8397 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8398 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8399 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8401 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8403 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8404 Verify FILE.
8406 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8408 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8409 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8411 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8413 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8414 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8416 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8418 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8419 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8421 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8422 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8423 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8424 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8426 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8427 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8428 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8429 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8430 should consider using the string based counterpart
8431 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8432 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8434 For example:
8436 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8437 (decode-coding-string
8438 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8439 'utf-8))
8441 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8443 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8444 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8446 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8447 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8449 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8451 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8452 Verify the current region between START and END.
8454 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8455 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8456 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8457 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8458 should consider using the string based counterpart
8459 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8460 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8462 For example:
8464 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8465 (decode-coding-string
8466 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8467 'utf-8))
8469 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8471 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8472 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8473 between START and END.
8475 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8476 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8478 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8480 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8481 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8483 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8484 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8485 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8486 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8487 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8488 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8490 For example:
8492 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8493 (epg-sign-string
8494 context
8495 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8497 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8499 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8500 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8502 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8503 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8504 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8505 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8506 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8507 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8509 For example:
8511 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8512 (epg-encrypt-string
8513 context
8514 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8515 nil))
8517 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8519 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8520 Delete selected KEYS.
8522 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8524 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8525 Import keys from FILE.
8527 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8530 Import keys from the region.
8532 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8534 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8535 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8536 between START and END.
8538 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8540 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8541 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8543 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8545 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8546 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8548 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8550 ;;;***
8552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 53104 431149
8553 ;;;;;; 0))
8554 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8556 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8557 Decrypt marked files.
8559 \(fn)" t nil)
8561 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8562 Verify marked files.
8564 \(fn)" t nil)
8566 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8567 Sign marked files.
8569 \(fn)" t nil)
8571 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8572 Encrypt marked files.
8574 \(fn)" t nil)
8576 ;;;***
8578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
8579 ;;;;;; 0))
8580 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8582 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8585 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8587 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8590 \(fn)" t nil)
8592 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8595 \(fn)" t nil)
8597 ;;;***
8599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 53104 431149
8600 ;;;;;; 0))
8601 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8603 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8604 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8605 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8606 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8607 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8611 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8612 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8613 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8615 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8617 \(fn)" t nil)
8619 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8620 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8621 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8623 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8625 \(fn)" t nil)
8627 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8628 Sign the current buffer.
8629 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8631 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8633 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8635 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8636 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8637 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8638 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8639 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8640 and also whether and how to sign.
8642 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8643 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8644 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8646 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8648 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8650 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8651 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8652 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8654 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8656 \(fn)" t nil)
8658 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8659 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8660 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8662 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8663 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8665 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8667 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8668 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8670 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8671 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8675 ;;;***
8677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8678 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8679 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8681 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8682 Return a context object.
8684 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8686 ;;;***
8688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21291 53104 431149
8689 ;;;;;; 0))
8690 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8692 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8693 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8695 \(fn)" nil nil)
8697 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8698 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8700 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8702 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8703 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8705 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8707 ;;;***
8709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8710 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8711 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8713 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8714 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8716 \(fn)" nil nil)
8718 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8719 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8720 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8722 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8724 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8725 (server (erc-compute-server))
8726 (port (erc-compute-port))
8727 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8728 password
8729 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8731 That is, if called with
8733 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8735 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8736 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8737 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8739 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8741 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8743 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8744 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8745 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8747 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8749 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8750 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8751 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8752 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8754 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8756 ;;;***
8758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8759 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8760 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8761 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8763 ;;;***
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 53104
8766 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8768 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8770 ;;;***
8772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 53104
8773 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8775 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8777 ;;;***
8779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 53104
8780 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8781 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8782 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8784 ;;;***
8786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 53104 431149
8787 ;;;;;; 0))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8789 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8791 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8792 Parser for /dcc command.
8793 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8794 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8795 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8797 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8799 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8800 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8802 \(fn)" nil nil)
8804 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8805 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8807 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8808 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8809 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8810 that subcommand.
8812 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8814 ;;;***
8816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8817 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
8818 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8819 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8821 ;;;***
8823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8824 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8825 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8827 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8828 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8830 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8832 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8833 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8834 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8835 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8837 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8839 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8842 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8844 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8845 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8847 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8850 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8852 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8854 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8855 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8857 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8859 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8860 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8862 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8864 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8865 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8867 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8869 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8870 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8872 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8874 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8875 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8877 \(fn)" nil nil)
8879 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8880 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8882 \(fn)" nil nil)
8884 ;;;***
8886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 53104 431149
8887 ;;;;;; 0))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8889 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8891 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8892 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8893 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8895 \(fn)" nil nil)
8897 ;;;***
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 53104
8900 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8904 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8905 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8906 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8907 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8908 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8909 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8910 system.
8912 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8914 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8917 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8919 ;;;***
8921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 53104
8922 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8925 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8928 \(fn)" nil nil)
8930 ;;;***
8932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 53104 431149
8933 ;;;;;; 0))
8934 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8935 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8937 ;;;***
8939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21307 46976 832220
8940 ;;;;;; 0))
8941 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8942 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8944 ;;;***
8946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 53104 431149
8947 ;;;;;; 0))
8948 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8949 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8951 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8952 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8953 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8954 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8955 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8956 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8958 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8960 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8961 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8962 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8963 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8965 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8966 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8967 automatically.
8969 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8970 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8972 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8974 ;;;***
8976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 53104
8977 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8978 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8979 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8981 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8982 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8984 \(fn)" t nil)
8986 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8987 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8989 \(fn)" t nil)
8991 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8992 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8994 \(fn)" t nil)
8996 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8997 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8999 \(fn)" t nil)
9001 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9002 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9004 \(fn)" t nil)
9006 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9007 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9009 \(fn)" t nil)
9011 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9012 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9014 \(fn)" t nil)
9016 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9017 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9019 \(fn)" t nil)
9021 ;;;***
9023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 53104 431149
9024 ;;;;;; 0))
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9026 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9028 ;;;***
9030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
9031 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9033 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9035 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9036 Show who's gone.
9038 \(fn)" nil nil)
9040 ;;;***
9042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
9043 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9046 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9047 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9048 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9049 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9051 \(fn)" nil nil)
9053 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9054 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9056 \(fn)" t nil)
9058 ;;;***
9060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 53104
9061 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9062 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9063 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9065 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9066 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9067 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9068 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9070 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9072 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9075 \(fn)" nil nil)
9077 ;;;***
9079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 53104 431149
9080 ;;;;;; 0))
9081 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9082 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9084 ;;;***
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9087 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9091 ;;;***
9093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 53104
9094 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9095 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9096 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9098 ;;;***
9100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 53104 431149
9101 ;;;;;; 0))
9102 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9103 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9105 ;;;***
9107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9108 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9110 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9112 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9113 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9115 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9117 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9118 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9119 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9121 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9123 ;;;***
9125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 53104
9126 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9128 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9130 ;;;***
9132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9133 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9134 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9136 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9137 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9138 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9140 \(fn)" t nil)
9142 ;;;***
9144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9145 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9147 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9149 ;;;***
9151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 53104
9152 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9154 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9156 ;;;***
9158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21291 53104
9159 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9160 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9162 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9163 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9164 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9166 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9168 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9169 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9171 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9172 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9174 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9175 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9176 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9177 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9180 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9182 ;;;***
9184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9185 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9189 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9190 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9191 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9192 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9194 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9196 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9197 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9198 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9200 \(fn)" t nil)
9202 ;;;***
9204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 53104 431149
9205 ;;;;;; 0))
9206 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9207 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9209 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9210 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9212 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9214 ;;;***
9216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 53104 431149
9217 ;;;;;; 0))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9220 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9221 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9223 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9224 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9226 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9227 useful for assertions in BODY.
9229 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9231 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9232 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9233 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9235 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9237 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9239 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9241 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9242 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9244 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9245 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9246 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9247 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9249 Returns the stats object.
9251 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9253 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9254 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9256 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9257 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9258 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9259 the tests).
9261 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9263 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9264 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9266 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9267 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9268 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9269 and how to display message.
9271 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9273 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9275 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9276 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9278 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9280 ;;;***
9282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 53104
9283 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9284 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9286 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9288 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9289 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9291 \(fn)" t nil)
9293 ;;;***
9295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 53104
9296 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9299 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9300 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9302 \(fn)" t nil)
9304 ;;;***
9306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 53104 431149
9307 ;;;;;; 0))
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9309 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9311 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9312 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9313 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9314 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9315 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9316 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9317 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9318 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9319 buffer selected (or created).
9321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9323 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9324 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9325 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9327 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9329 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9330 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9331 The result might be any Lisp object.
9332 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9333 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9334 corresponding to a successful execution.
9336 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9338 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9340 ;;;***
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 53104 431149
9343 ;;;;;; 0))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9346 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9347 File name of tags table.
9348 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9349 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9350 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9351 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9352 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9354 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9355 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9356 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9357 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9359 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9361 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9362 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9363 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9364 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9365 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9366 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9368 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9370 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9371 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9372 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9374 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9376 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9377 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9378 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9379 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9380 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9382 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9384 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9385 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9386 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9387 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9389 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9391 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9392 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9393 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9394 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9395 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9397 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9399 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9400 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9402 \(fn)" t nil)
9404 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9405 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9406 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9407 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9409 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9410 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9411 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9412 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9413 file the tag was in.
9415 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9417 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9418 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9419 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9420 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9421 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9422 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9423 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9424 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9425 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9427 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9429 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9430 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9431 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9432 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9433 without directory names.
9435 \(fn)" nil nil)
9436 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9437 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9438 (progn
9439 (load "etags")
9440 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9442 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9443 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9444 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9445 but does not select the buffer.
9446 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9448 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9449 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9450 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9451 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9452 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9454 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9456 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9457 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9458 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9460 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9462 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9464 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9465 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9466 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9467 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9469 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9470 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9471 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9472 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9473 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9475 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9477 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9478 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9479 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9481 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9483 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9484 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9486 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9487 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9488 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9489 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9490 around or before point.
9492 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9493 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9494 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9495 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9496 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9498 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9500 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9501 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9502 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9504 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9506 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9507 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9509 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9510 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9511 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9512 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9513 around or before point.
9515 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9516 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9517 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9518 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9519 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9521 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9523 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9524 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9525 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9527 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9529 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9530 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9532 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9533 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9534 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9536 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9537 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9538 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9539 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9540 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9542 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9544 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9545 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9546 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9548 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9550 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9551 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9552 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9554 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9555 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9557 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9558 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9559 where they were found.
9561 \(fn)" t nil)
9563 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9564 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9566 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9567 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9568 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9570 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9571 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9573 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9574 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9576 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9578 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9579 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9580 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9581 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9583 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9584 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9585 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9586 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9587 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9589 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9590 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9592 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9593 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9594 Stops when a match is found.
9595 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9597 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9598 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9599 restricted to these files.
9601 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9603 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9605 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9606 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9607 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9608 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9609 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9610 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9611 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9612 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9614 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9615 produce the list of files to search.
9617 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9619 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9621 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9622 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9623 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9624 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9625 directory specification.
9627 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9629 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9630 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9632 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9634 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9635 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9636 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9637 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9639 \(fn)" t nil)
9641 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9642 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9643 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9644 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9645 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9647 \(fn)" t nil)
9649 ;;;***
9651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9652 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9653 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9655 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9658 \(fn)" nil nil)
9660 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9661 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9663 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9664 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9666 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9667 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9668 primary language.
9670 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9671 even if the buffer is read-only.
9673 See also the descriptions of the variables
9674 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9676 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9678 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9679 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9681 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9682 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9684 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9685 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9686 primary language.
9688 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9689 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9691 See also the descriptions of the variables
9692 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9694 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9696 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9697 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9698 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9699 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9701 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9703 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9704 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9705 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9706 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9708 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9709 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9710 primary language.
9712 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9713 buffer is read-only.
9715 See also the descriptions of the variables
9716 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9717 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9719 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9721 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9722 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9724 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9725 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9727 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9728 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9729 the primary language.
9731 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9732 buffer is read-only.
9734 See also the descriptions of the variables
9735 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9736 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9738 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9740 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9741 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9742 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9744 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9746 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9747 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9749 \(fn)" t nil)
9751 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9752 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9754 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9755 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9756 be 1, 2, or 3.
9758 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9759 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9760 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9762 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9764 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9766 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9767 This function is deprecated.
9769 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9771 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9772 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9774 \(fn)" t nil)
9776 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9777 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9779 \(fn)" t nil)
9781 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9782 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9784 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9785 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9787 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9788 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9790 \(fn)" nil nil)
9792 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9793 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9795 \(fn)" nil nil)
9797 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9798 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9800 \(fn)" nil nil)
9802 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9803 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9805 \(fn)" nil nil)
9807 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9808 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9809 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9811 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9813 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9816 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9818 ;;;***
9820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
9821 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9823 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9824 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9825 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9826 server for future sessions.
9828 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9830 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9831 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9832 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9834 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9836 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9837 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9838 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9840 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9842 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9843 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9844 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9845 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9846 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9847 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9848 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9849 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9850 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9851 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9852 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9853 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9855 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9857 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9858 Display a form to query the directory server.
9859 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9860 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9862 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9864 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9865 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9866 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9868 \(fn)" t nil)
9870 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9872 ;;;***
9874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 53104 431149
9875 ;;;;;; 0))
9876 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9878 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9879 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9881 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9883 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9884 Display URL and make it clickable.
9886 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9888 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9889 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9891 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9893 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9894 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9896 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9898 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9899 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9901 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9903 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9904 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9906 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9908 ;;;***
9910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 53104
9911 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9912 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9914 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9915 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9916 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9918 \(fn)" t nil)
9920 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9921 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9923 \(fn)" t nil)
9925 ;;;***
9927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9928 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9931 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9932 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9934 \(fn)" t nil)
9936 ;;;***
9938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 53104 431149
9939 ;;;;;; 0))
9940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9942 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9943 Create an empty ewoc.
9945 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9947 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9948 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9949 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9950 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9951 `insert-before-markers'.
9953 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9954 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9955 respectively, of the ewoc.
9957 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9958 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9959 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9961 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9963 ;;;***
9965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9968 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9969 Fetch URL and render the page.
9970 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9971 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9973 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9974 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9976 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9977 Render a file using EWW.
9979 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9981 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9984 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9986 ;;;***
9988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9989 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9992 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9993 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9994 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9996 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9998 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9999 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10000 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10001 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10002 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10004 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10006 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10007 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10008 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10009 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10010 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10011 executable.
10013 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10015 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10016 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10017 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10019 \(fn)" t nil)
10021 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10022 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10023 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10024 file modes.
10026 \(fn)" nil nil)
10028 ;;;***
10030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
10031 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10033 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10034 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10035 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10036 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10038 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10040 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10041 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10042 to generate such functions.
10044 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10045 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10046 beginning of the expanded text.
10048 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10049 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10050 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10051 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10053 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10055 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10057 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10058 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10059 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10061 \(fn)" nil nil)
10063 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10064 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10065 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10067 \(fn)" t nil)
10069 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10070 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10071 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10073 \(fn)" t nil)
10074 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10075 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10077 ;;;***
10079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21291 53104 431149
10080 ;;;;;; 0))
10081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10083 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10084 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10085 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10087 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10088 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10089 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10091 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10093 Key definitions:
10094 \\{f90-mode-map}
10096 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10098 `f90-do-indent'
10099 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10100 `f90-if-indent'
10101 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10102 `f90-type-indent'
10103 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10104 `f90-program-indent'
10105 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10106 (default 2).
10107 `f90-associate-indent'
10108 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10109 `f90-critical-indent'
10110 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10111 `f90-continuation-indent'
10112 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10113 `f90-comment-region'
10114 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10115 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10116 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10117 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10118 (default \"!\").
10119 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10120 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10121 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10122 `f90-break-delimiters'
10123 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10124 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10125 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10126 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10127 (default t).
10128 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10129 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10130 `f90-smart-end'
10131 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10132 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10133 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10134 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10135 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10136 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10137 `f90-leave-line-no'
10138 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10140 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10141 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10143 \(fn)" t nil)
10145 ;;;***
10147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 53104 431149
10148 ;;;;;; 0))
10149 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10151 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10152 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10153 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10154 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10156 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10157 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10158 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10159 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10160 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10162 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10163 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10164 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10165 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10166 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10167 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10168 attributes.
10170 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10171 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10173 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10175 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10176 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10177 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10178 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10180 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10182 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10183 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10184 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10185 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10187 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10188 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10189 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10191 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10192 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10193 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10194 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10196 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10198 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10199 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10200 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10202 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10203 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10204 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10205 the same amount).
10207 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10209 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10210 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10211 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10213 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10214 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10215 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10216 will remove any scaling currently active.
10218 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10220 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10221 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10222 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10224 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10225 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10226 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10227 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10228 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10230 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10231 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10233 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10235 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10236 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10238 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10239 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10240 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10242 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10243 the face height as long as the input event read
10244 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10246 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10247 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10248 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10249 will remove any scaling currently active.
10251 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10252 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10253 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10254 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10255 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10257 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10259 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10260 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10261 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10262 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10263 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10264 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10268 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10269 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10270 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10271 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10272 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10273 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10274 `buffer-face-mode'.
10276 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10277 local, and sets it to FACE.
10279 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10281 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10282 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10283 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10284 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10285 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10286 `face' text property.
10288 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10289 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10290 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10291 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10293 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10294 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10296 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10298 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10299 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10300 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10301 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10305 ;;;***
10307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 53104
10308 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10309 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10310 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10312 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10313 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10314 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10315 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10317 \(fn)" nil nil)
10319 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10320 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10324 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10325 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10326 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10327 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10331 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10332 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10333 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10334 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10335 backup file names and the like).
10337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10339 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10340 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10341 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10342 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10343 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10344 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10345 internally by feedmail):
10347 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10348 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10349 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10350 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10352 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10353 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10354 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10355 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10356 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10358 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10360 ;;;***
10362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
10363 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10365 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10366 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10367 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10368 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10369 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10370 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10371 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10373 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10375 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10376 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10377 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10378 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10379 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10380 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10381 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10383 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10385 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10387 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10388 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10389 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10390 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10391 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10392 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10394 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10396 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10397 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10398 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10399 Return value:
10400 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10401 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10402 * otherwise, nil
10404 \(fn E)" t nil)
10406 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10407 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10408 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10410 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10412 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10413 Try to get a file name at point.
10414 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10416 \(fn)" nil nil)
10418 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10419 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10421 \(fn)" t nil)
10423 ;;;***
10425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 53104 431149
10426 ;;;;;; 0))
10427 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10429 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10430 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10431 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10432 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10434 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10436 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10437 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10438 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10439 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10440 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10441 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10443 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10445 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10446 Add FILE to the file cache.
10448 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10450 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10451 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10452 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10454 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10456 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10457 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10458 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10460 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10462 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10463 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10464 This function does not use any external programs.
10465 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10466 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10467 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10469 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10471 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10472 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10473 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10474 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10475 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10476 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10477 \(directories) is done.
10479 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10481 ;;;***
10483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 53104 431149
10484 ;;;;;; 0))
10485 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10487 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10488 Handle file system monitoring event.
10489 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10490 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10492 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10494 ;;;***
10496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 53104 431149
10497 ;;;;;; 0))
10498 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10500 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10501 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10503 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10504 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10505 Local Variables list.
10507 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10508 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10509 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10511 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10513 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10514 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10516 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10518 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10519 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10521 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10522 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10523 the -*- line.
10525 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10526 then this function adds it.
10528 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10530 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10531 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10533 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10535 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10536 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10538 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10540 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10541 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10543 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10545 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10546 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10548 \(fn)" t nil)
10550 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10551 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10553 \(fn)" t nil)
10555 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10556 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10558 \(fn)" t nil)
10560 ;;;***
10562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 53104 431149
10563 ;;;;;; 0))
10564 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10566 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10567 Filesets initialization.
10568 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10570 \(fn)" nil nil)
10572 ;;;***
10574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 53104 431149
10575 ;;;;;; 0))
10576 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10577 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10579 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10580 Initiate the building of a find command.
10581 For example:
10583 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10584 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10585 (mtime \"+1\"))
10586 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10588 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10589 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10591 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10593 ;;;***
10595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 53104 431149
10596 ;;;;;; 0))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10599 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10600 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10601 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10603 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10605 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10606 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10608 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10610 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10611 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10612 and run Dired on those files.
10613 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10614 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10616 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10618 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10620 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10622 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10623 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10624 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10626 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10627 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10629 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10630 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10632 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10634 ;;;***
10636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
10637 ;;;;;; 0))
10638 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10640 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10641 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10642 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10643 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10644 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10645 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10646 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10648 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10650 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10651 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10652 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10654 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10656 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10658 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10660 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10661 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10662 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10664 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10665 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10667 Variables of interest include:
10669 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10670 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10671 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10673 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10674 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10675 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10677 - `ff-ignore-include'
10678 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10680 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10681 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10683 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10684 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10686 - `ff-special-constructs'
10687 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10688 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10689 extracting the filename from that construct.
10691 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10692 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10694 - `ff-search-directories'
10695 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10696 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10698 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10699 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10701 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10702 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10704 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10705 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10707 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10708 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10710 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10711 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10713 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10715 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10716 Visit the file you click on.
10718 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10720 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10721 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10723 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10725 ;;;***
10727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10728 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
10729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10731 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10732 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10733 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10735 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10737 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10738 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10739 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10740 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10742 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10743 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10744 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10745 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10747 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10749 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10750 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10752 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10753 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10754 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10755 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10757 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10758 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10759 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10761 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10762 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10763 in `load-path'.
10765 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10767 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10768 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10770 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10771 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10772 places point before the definition.
10773 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10775 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10776 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10777 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10779 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10781 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10782 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10784 See `find-function' for more details.
10786 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10788 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10789 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10791 See `find-function' for more details.
10793 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10795 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10796 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10798 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10799 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10800 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10802 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10803 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10805 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10807 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10808 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10810 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10811 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10812 places point before the definition.
10814 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10816 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10817 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10818 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10820 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10822 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10823 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10825 See `find-variable' for more details.
10827 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10829 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10830 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10832 See `find-variable' for more details.
10834 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10836 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10837 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10838 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10839 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10840 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10841 buffer nor display it.
10843 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10844 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10846 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10848 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10849 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10851 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10852 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10853 places point before the definition.
10855 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10857 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10858 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10859 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10861 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10863 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10864 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10865 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10867 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10869 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10870 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10872 \(fn)" t nil)
10874 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10875 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10877 \(fn)" t nil)
10879 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10880 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10882 \(fn)" nil nil)
10884 ;;;***
10886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
10887 ;;;;;; 0))
10888 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10890 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10891 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10893 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10895 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10896 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10898 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10900 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10901 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10903 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10905 ;;;***
10907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
10908 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10909 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10911 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10912 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10914 \(fn)" t nil)
10916 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10917 Display FILE's commentary section.
10918 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10920 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10922 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10923 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10925 \(fn)" t nil)
10927 ;;;***
10929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 53104 431149
10930 ;;;;;; 0))
10931 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10933 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10934 Toggle flow control handling.
10935 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10936 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10938 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10940 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10941 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10942 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10943 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10944 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10945 to get the effect of a C-q.
10947 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10949 ;;;***
10951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 53104
10952 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10955 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10958 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10960 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10963 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10965 ;;;***
10967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 53104
10968 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10970 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10972 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10973 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10974 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10975 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10976 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10977 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10981 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10982 Turn flymake mode on.
10984 \(fn)" nil nil)
10986 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10987 Turn flymake mode off.
10989 \(fn)" nil nil)
10991 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10994 \(fn)" nil nil)
10996 ;;;***
10998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 53104
10999 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11000 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11002 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11003 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11005 \(fn)" t nil)
11006 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11008 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11009 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11010 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11011 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11012 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11014 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11015 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11016 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11018 Bindings:
11019 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11020 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11021 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11022 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11024 Hooks:
11025 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11027 Remark:
11028 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11029 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11030 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11032 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11033 consider adding:
11034 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11035 in your init file.
11037 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11038 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11042 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11043 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11045 \(fn)" nil nil)
11047 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11048 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11050 \(fn)" nil nil)
11052 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11053 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11055 \(fn)" nil nil)
11057 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11058 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11060 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11062 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11063 Flyspell whole buffer.
11065 \(fn)" t nil)
11067 ;;;***
11069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 53104 431149
11070 ;;;;;; 0))
11071 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11072 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11074 ;;;***
11076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11077 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11079 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11080 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11082 \(fn)" nil nil)
11084 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11085 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11087 \(fn)" nil nil)
11089 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11090 Toggle Follow mode.
11091 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11092 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11093 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11095 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11096 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11098 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11099 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11100 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11102 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11103 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11104 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11105 movement commands.
11107 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11108 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11109 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11110 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11111 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11112 mileage may vary).
11114 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11115 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11117 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11119 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11121 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11122 \\{follow-mode-map}
11124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11126 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11127 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11129 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11130 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11131 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11132 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11133 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11134 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11136 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11137 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11138 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11142 ;;;***
11144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 53104
11145 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11146 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11147 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11149 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11150 Toggle Footnote mode.
11151 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11152 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11153 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11155 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11156 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11157 play around with the following keys:
11158 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11162 ;;;***
11164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11165 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11167 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11168 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11170 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11171 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11172 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11173 C-c < forms-first-record <
11174 C-c > forms-last-record >
11175 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11176 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11177 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11178 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11179 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11180 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11181 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11182 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11183 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11184 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11186 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11188 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11189 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11191 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11193 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11194 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11196 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11198 ;;;***
11200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 53104
11201 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11202 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11204 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11205 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11206 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11208 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11209 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11211 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11213 Key definitions:
11214 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11216 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11218 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11219 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11220 `fortran-do-indent'
11221 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11222 `fortran-if-indent'
11223 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11224 `fortran-structure-indent'
11225 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11226 (default 3)
11227 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11228 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11229 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11230 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11231 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11232 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11233 nil don't change the indentation
11234 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11235 value of either
11236 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11237 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11238 depending on the continuation format in use.
11239 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11240 indentation for a line of code.
11241 (default 'fixed)
11242 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11243 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11244 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11245 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11246 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11247 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11248 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11249 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11250 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11251 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11252 column 5.
11253 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11254 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11255 statements (default nil).
11256 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11257 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11258 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11259 `fortran-continuation-string'
11260 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11261 line (default \"$\").
11262 `fortran-comment-region'
11263 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11264 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11265 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11266 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11267 as typed (default t).
11268 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11269 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11271 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11272 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11274 \(fn)" t nil)
11276 ;;;***
11278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 53104 431149
11279 ;;;;;; 0))
11280 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11282 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11283 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11285 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11286 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11288 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11290 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11291 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11293 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11294 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11296 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11298 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11299 Compile fortune file.
11301 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11302 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11304 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11306 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11307 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11309 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11310 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11311 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11312 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11314 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11316 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11317 Display a fortune cookie.
11318 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11319 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11320 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11321 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11323 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11325 ;;;***
11327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 58261 85827
11328 ;;;;;; 0))
11329 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11331 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11332 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11333 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11335 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11336 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11337 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11339 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11340 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11342 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11343 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11345 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11346 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11347 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11348 intend to modify existing values, do
11350 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11352 before changing anything.
11354 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11355 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11357 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11358 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11359 to restore the frame.
11361 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11362 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11363 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11365 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11366 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11367 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11368 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11369 FILTER A filter function.
11371 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11372 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11374 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11376 where
11378 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11379 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11380 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11381 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11382 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11383 before restoring it.
11384 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11386 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11387 It must return:
11388 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11389 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11390 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11392 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11393 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11395 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11396 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11397 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11398 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11399 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11400 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11401 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11403 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11405 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11406 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11408 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11410 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11411 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11412 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11413 If nil, check all live frames.
11415 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11417 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11418 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11419 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11420 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11421 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11422 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11423 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11424 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11425 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11426 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11427 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11429 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11431 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11432 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11434 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11435 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11436 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11437 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11438 and window-state is not restored.
11440 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11441 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11443 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11444 t All existing frames can be reused.
11445 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11446 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11447 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11448 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11450 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11451 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11452 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11453 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11454 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11455 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11456 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11457 be created from that parameter alist.
11459 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11460 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11461 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11462 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11463 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11464 - the live frame just restored,
11465 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11466 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11467 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11469 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11470 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11471 nil Keep all frames.
11472 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11473 - FRAME, a live frame.
11474 - ACTION, which can be one of
11475 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11476 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11477 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11478 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11479 Return value is ignored.
11481 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11482 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11483 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11484 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11485 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11487 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11489 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11491 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11492 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11493 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11495 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11497 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11498 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11499 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11500 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11502 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11504 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11506 ;;;***
11508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 53104
11509 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11510 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11511 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11513 ;;;***
11515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21291 53104
11516 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11519 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11520 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11521 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11523 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11525 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11526 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11527 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11528 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11529 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11530 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11531 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11535 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11536 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11537 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11538 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11540 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11541 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11542 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11543 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11544 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11546 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11547 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11548 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11549 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11551 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11552 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11553 shown in some of the buffers.
11555 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11557 The following commands help control operation :
11559 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11560 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11562 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11563 detailed description of this mode.
11566 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11567 | GDB Toolbar |
11568 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11569 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11570 | | |
11571 | | |
11572 | | |
11573 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11574 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11575 | | (comint-mode) |
11576 | | |
11577 | | |
11578 | | |
11579 | | |
11580 | | |
11581 | | |
11582 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11583 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11584 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11585 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11586 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11587 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11589 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11591 ;;;***
11593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 53104
11594 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11597 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11598 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11599 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11600 instead (which see).")
11602 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11603 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11605 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11606 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11607 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11608 documentation string instead.
11610 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11611 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11612 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11613 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11614 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11615 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11616 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11617 enders are actually possible.
11619 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11620 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11622 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11623 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11624 `font-lock-keywords'.
11626 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11627 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11628 runs the macro expansion.
11630 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11631 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11632 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11634 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11636 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11638 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11640 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11642 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11643 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11645 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11647 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11648 Enter generic mode MODE.
11650 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11651 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11652 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11654 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11655 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11657 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11659 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11660 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11661 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11662 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11663 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11664 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11665 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11666 `font-lock-keywords'.
11668 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11670 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11672 ;;;***
11674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 53104
11675 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11678 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11679 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11681 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11682 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11683 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11687 ;;;***
11689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 53104
11690 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11691 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11693 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11694 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11695 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11697 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11699 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11700 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11702 Guideline for numbers:
11703 1 - error messages
11704 3 - non-serious error messages
11705 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11706 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11707 9 - messages inside loops.
11709 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11711 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11712 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11713 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11715 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11717 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11718 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11720 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11722 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11723 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11725 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11726 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11727 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11728 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11729 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11730 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11732 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11733 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11734 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11735 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11736 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11738 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11740 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11742 ;;;***
11744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11746 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11747 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11748 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11750 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11751 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11755 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11756 Read network news.
11757 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11758 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11759 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11760 name of an NNTP server to use.
11761 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11762 server.
11764 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11766 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11767 Read news as a slave.
11769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11771 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11772 Pop up a frame to read news.
11773 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11774 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11775 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11776 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11777 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11778 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11779 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11780 current display is used.
11782 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11784 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11785 Read network news.
11786 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11787 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11788 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11790 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11792 ;;;***
11794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 53104
11795 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11796 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11798 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11799 Start Gnus unplugged.
11801 \(fn)" t nil)
11803 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11804 Start Gnus plugged.
11806 \(fn)" t nil)
11808 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11809 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11813 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11814 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11816 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11817 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11818 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11820 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11821 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11822 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11824 \(fn)" t nil)
11826 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11827 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11829 \(fn)" nil nil)
11831 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11832 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11833 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11834 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11835 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11836 supported.
11838 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11840 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11841 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11842 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11843 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11844 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11845 supported.
11847 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11849 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11850 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11852 \(fn)" nil nil)
11854 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11855 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11856 downloaded into the agent.
11858 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11860 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11861 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11862 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11863 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11865 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11867 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11868 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11870 \(fn)" t nil)
11872 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11873 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11875 \(fn)" t nil)
11877 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11878 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11879 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11881 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11883 ;;;***
11885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 53104
11886 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11887 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11889 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11890 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11892 \(fn)" nil nil)
11894 ;;;***
11896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11897 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
11898 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11900 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11901 Set a bookmark for this article.
11903 \(fn)" t nil)
11905 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11906 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11908 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11910 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11911 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11912 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11913 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11914 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11916 \(fn)" t nil)
11918 ;;;***
11920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 53104
11921 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11924 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11925 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11927 Usage:
11928 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11930 \(fn)" t nil)
11932 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11933 Generate the cache active file.
11935 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11937 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11938 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11940 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11942 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11943 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11944 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11945 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11946 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11947 supported.
11949 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11951 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11952 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11953 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11954 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11955 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11956 supported.
11958 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11960 ;;;***
11962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 53104
11963 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11966 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11967 Delay this article by some time.
11968 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11970 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11971 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11973 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11974 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11976 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11977 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11979 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11981 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11982 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11984 \(fn)" t nil)
11986 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11987 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11988 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11989 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11991 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11992 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11994 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11996 ;;;***
11998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 53104
11999 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12002 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12005 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12007 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12010 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12012 ;;;***
12014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 53104
12015 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12018 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12019 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12021 \(fn)" t nil)
12023 ;;;***
12025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 53104
12026 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12029 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12030 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12032 \(fn)" t nil)
12034 ;;;***
12036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21291 53104
12037 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12040 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12041 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12043 \(fn)" t nil)
12045 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12046 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12048 \(fn)" t nil)
12050 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12051 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12053 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12054 different input formats.
12056 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12058 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12059 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12061 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12062 different input formats.
12064 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12066 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12067 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12068 The PNG is returned as a string.
12070 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12072 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12073 Convert FILE to a Face.
12074 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12075 726 bytes.
12077 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12079 ;;;***
12081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12082 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
12083 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12085 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12086 Display gravatar in the From header.
12087 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12089 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12091 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12092 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12093 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12095 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12097 ;;;***
12099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 53104
12100 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12103 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12104 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12105 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12106 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12108 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12110 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12111 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12113 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12115 ;;;***
12117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 53104
12118 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12121 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12124 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12126 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12129 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12131 ;;;***
12133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 53104
12134 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12137 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12139 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12140 Run batched scoring.
12141 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12143 \(fn)" t nil)
12145 ;;;***
12147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 53104 431149
12148 ;;;;;; 0))
12149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12151 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12154 \(fn)" nil nil)
12156 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12157 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12158 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12160 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12162 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12163 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12165 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12167 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12169 ;;;***
12171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 53104
12172 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12175 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12176 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12177 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12178 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12179 group parameters.
12181 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12182 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12183 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12184 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12186 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12187 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12188 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12189 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12190 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12191 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12192 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12193 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12194 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12195 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12197 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12199 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12200 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12201 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12202 nil CATCH-ALL).
12204 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12205 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12207 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12209 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12210 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12211 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12213 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12215 \(fn)" nil nil)
12217 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12218 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12219 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12221 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12223 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12224 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12225 existing groups are considered.
12227 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12228 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12229 returned.
12231 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12232 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12233 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12234 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12235 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12236 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12237 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12238 clauses will be generated.
12240 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12241 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12242 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12243 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12244 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12245 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12247 For example, given the following group parameters:
12249 nnml:mail.bar:
12250 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12251 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12252 nnml:mail.foo:
12253 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12254 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12255 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12256 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12257 nnml:mail.others:
12258 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12260 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12262 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12263 \"mail.bar\")
12264 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12265 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12266 \"mail.others\")
12268 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12270 ;;;***
12272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 53104
12273 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12276 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12277 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12278 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12279 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12280 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12281 instead.
12283 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12285 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12286 Mail to ADDRESS.
12288 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12290 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12291 Like `message-reply'.
12293 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12295 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12297 ;;;***
12299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12300 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12303 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12304 Send a notification on new message.
12305 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12306 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12307 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12309 This is typically a function to add in
12310 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12312 \(fn)" nil nil)
12314 ;;;***
12316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 53104
12317 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12320 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12321 Display picons in the From header.
12322 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12324 \(fn)" t nil)
12326 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12327 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12328 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12330 \(fn)" t nil)
12332 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12333 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12334 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12336 \(fn)" t nil)
12338 ;;;***
12340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 53104
12341 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12344 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12345 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12346 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12347 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12349 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12351 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12352 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12353 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12354 LIST1 is modified.
12356 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12358 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12359 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12360 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12362 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12364 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12367 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12369 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12370 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12371 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12373 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12375 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12376 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12377 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12379 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12381 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12383 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12384 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12385 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12387 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12389 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12390 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12391 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12393 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12395 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12396 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12397 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12399 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12401 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12402 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12404 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12406 ;;;***
12408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21291
12409 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
12410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12412 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12413 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12415 \(fn)" t nil)
12417 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12418 Install the registry hooks.
12420 \(fn)" t nil)
12422 ;;;***
12424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 53104
12425 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12428 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12429 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12430 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12431 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12432 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12433 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12435 \(fn)" t nil)
12437 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12438 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12439 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12440 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12441 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12443 \(fn)" t nil)
12445 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12448 \(fn)" t nil)
12450 ;;;***
12452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 53104
12453 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12454 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12456 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12457 Update the format specification near point.
12459 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12461 ;;;***
12463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 53104
12464 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12467 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12468 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12470 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12472 ;;;***
12474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 53104
12475 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12478 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12479 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12480 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12482 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12484 ;;;***
12486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 53104
12487 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12490 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12491 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12493 \(fn)" t nil)
12495 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12496 Install the sync hooks.
12498 \(fn)" t nil)
12500 ;;;***
12502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 53104
12503 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12506 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12507 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12509 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12511 ;;;***
12513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 53104 431149
12514 ;;;;;; 0))
12515 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12517 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12518 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12519 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12520 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12521 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12522 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12524 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12526 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12528 ;;;***
12530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 53104 431149
12531 ;;;;;; 0))
12532 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12534 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12535 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12537 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12538 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12539 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12541 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12542 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12543 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12545 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12546 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12548 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12549 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12551 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12553 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12555 ;;;***
12557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 53104
12558 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12559 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12561 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12563 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12564 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12565 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12566 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12567 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12569 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12571 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12572 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12573 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12574 or to send e-mail.
12575 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12576 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12578 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12579 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12581 \(fn)" t nil)
12582 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12584 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12585 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12586 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12587 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12588 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12592 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12593 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12595 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12597 ;;;***
12599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 53104
12600 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12601 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12603 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12604 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12605 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12607 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12609 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12610 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12612 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12614 ;;;***
12616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 53104 431149
12617 ;;;;;; 0))
12618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12620 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12621 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12623 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12625 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12626 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12627 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12628 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12629 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12631 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12632 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12633 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12635 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12637 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12638 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12639 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12640 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12641 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12643 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12645 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12646 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12648 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12650 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12651 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12653 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12654 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12655 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12657 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12658 The default find program.
12659 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12660 and others.")
12662 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12663 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12664 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12665 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12667 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12668 How to invoke find and grep.
12669 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12670 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12671 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12672 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12674 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12676 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12677 History list for grep.")
12679 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12680 History list for grep-find.")
12682 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12683 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12684 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12686 \(fn)" nil nil)
12688 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12691 \(fn)" nil nil)
12693 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12694 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12696 \(fn)" nil nil)
12698 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12699 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12700 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12701 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12702 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12704 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12705 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12707 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12708 can easily repeat a grep command.
12710 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12711 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12712 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12713 list is empty).
12715 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12717 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12718 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12719 Collect output in a buffer.
12720 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12721 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12723 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12724 easily repeat a find command.
12726 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12728 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12730 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12731 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12732 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12733 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12734 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12736 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12737 before it is executed.
12738 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12740 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12741 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12742 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12744 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12746 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12748 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12749 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12750 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12751 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12752 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12754 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12755 before it is executed.
12756 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12758 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12759 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12760 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12761 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12763 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12765 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12766 to specify a command to run.
12768 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12770 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12771 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12772 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12773 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12775 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12777 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12779 ;;;***
12781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
12782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12784 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12785 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12786 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12787 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12788 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12790 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12792 ;;;***
12794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21291 53104 431149
12795 ;;;;;; 0))
12796 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12798 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12799 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12800 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12801 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12803 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12805 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12806 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12807 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12808 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12810 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12812 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12813 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12814 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12815 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12817 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12819 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12820 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12821 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12822 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12824 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12825 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12827 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12829 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12830 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12831 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12832 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12834 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12836 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12837 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12838 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12839 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12841 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12843 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12844 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12845 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12846 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12847 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12849 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12850 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12851 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12852 original source file access method.
12854 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12855 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12857 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12859 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12860 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12862 \(fn)" t nil)
12864 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12865 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12866 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12867 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12868 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12869 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12871 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12873 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12874 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12877 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12881 ;;;***
12883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21291 53104 431149
12884 ;;;;;; 0))
12885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12887 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12888 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12889 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12890 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12891 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12892 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12893 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12894 set it to.
12895 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12897 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12899 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12900 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12901 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12902 of PLACE.
12903 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12904 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12905 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12906 and SETTER.
12907 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12908 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12910 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12912 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12914 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12915 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12916 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12917 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12918 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12920 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12922 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12924 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12927 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12929 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12931 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12933 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12934 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12935 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12936 well for simple place forms.
12937 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12938 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12939 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12940 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12941 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12942 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12943 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12945 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12947 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12949 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12950 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12951 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12952 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12953 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12955 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12956 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12957 (let ((temp VAL))
12958 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12959 temp)
12960 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12962 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12964 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12965 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12966 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12967 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12968 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12969 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12971 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12973 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12975 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12976 Return a reference to PLACE.
12977 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12978 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12979 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12980 binding mode.
12982 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12984 ;;;***
12986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 53104
12987 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12988 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12990 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12991 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12992 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12993 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12995 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12996 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12997 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12998 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13000 \(fn)" t nil)
13002 ;;;***
13004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 53104 431149
13005 ;;;;;; 0))
13006 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13008 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13009 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13011 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13013 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13014 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13015 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13016 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13018 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13020 \(fn)" t nil)
13022 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13023 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13024 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13025 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13026 to be updated.
13028 \(fn)" t nil)
13030 ;;;***
13032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 53104
13033 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13034 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13036 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13037 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13039 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13041 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13042 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13043 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13045 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13047 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13048 Verify a hashcash payment
13050 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13052 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13053 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13054 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13055 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13056 `mail-add-payment-async').
13058 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13060 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13061 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13062 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13063 Calculation is asynchronous.
13065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13067 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13068 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13069 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13073 ;;;***
13075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 53104 431149
13076 ;;;;;; 0))
13077 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13079 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13080 Return the help-echo string at point.
13081 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13082 property, or nil, is returned.
13083 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13084 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13085 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13087 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13089 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13090 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13091 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13092 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13093 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13095 \(fn)" nil nil)
13097 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13098 Display local help in the echo area.
13099 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13100 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13101 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13102 printed instead.
13104 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13105 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13106 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13110 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13111 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13112 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13114 \(fn)" t nil)
13116 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13117 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13118 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13120 \(fn)" t nil)
13122 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13123 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13124 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13125 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13126 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13127 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13128 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13129 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13130 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13131 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13132 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13134 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13135 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13136 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13137 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13138 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13140 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13141 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13142 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13143 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13144 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13145 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13146 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13147 The default is `never'.")
13149 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13151 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13152 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13153 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13154 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13155 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13156 considered different regions.
13158 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13159 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13160 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13161 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13162 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13163 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13164 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13165 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13166 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13168 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13170 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13171 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13172 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13173 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13174 different regions.
13176 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13177 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13178 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13179 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13180 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13181 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13182 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13183 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13185 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13186 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13187 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13188 rarely happens in practice.
13190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13192 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13193 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13194 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13195 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13196 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13197 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13201 ;;;***
13203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21291 53104 431149
13204 ;;;;;; 0))
13205 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13207 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13208 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13210 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13212 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13213 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13214 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13216 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13218 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13219 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13220 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13221 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13222 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13223 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13224 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13225 search for a function definition.
13227 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13228 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13229 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13230 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13231 suitable file is found, return nil.
13233 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13235 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13238 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13240 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13241 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13242 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13243 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13245 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13247 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13248 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13249 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13250 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13251 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13252 it is displayed along with the global value.
13254 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13256 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13257 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13258 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13259 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13261 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13263 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13264 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13265 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13266 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13267 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13269 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13271 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13272 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13274 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13276 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13277 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13279 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13281 ;;;***
13283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 53104 431149
13284 ;;;;;; 0))
13285 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13287 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13288 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13289 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13290 window listing and describing the options.
13291 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13292 gives the window that lists the options.")
13294 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13296 ;;;***
13298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
13299 ;;;;;; 0))
13300 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13302 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13303 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13304 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13305 Commands:
13306 \\{help-mode-map}
13308 \(fn)" t nil)
13310 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13313 \(fn)" nil nil)
13315 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13318 \(fn)" nil nil)
13320 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13321 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13323 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13324 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13325 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13326 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13328 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13329 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13330 restore it properly when going back.
13332 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13334 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13335 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13336 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13337 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13338 from `help-mode'.
13339 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13340 it does not already exist.
13342 \(fn)" nil nil)
13344 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13345 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13347 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13348 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13349 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13350 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13351 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13352 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13353 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13354 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13356 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13357 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13358 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13359 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13361 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13362 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13363 that.
13365 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13367 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13368 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13369 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13370 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13371 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13372 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13374 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13376 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13377 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13378 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13379 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13380 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13382 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13384 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13385 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13387 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13389 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13390 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13391 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13392 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13394 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13396 ;;;***
13398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 53104
13399 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13402 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13403 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13405 \(fn)" t nil)
13407 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13408 Provide help for current mode.
13410 \(fn)" t nil)
13412 ;;;***
13414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
13415 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13417 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13418 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13419 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13420 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13421 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13423 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13424 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13426 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13427 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13428 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13429 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13431 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13432 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13433 periods.
13435 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13436 in hexl format.
13438 A sample format:
13440 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13441 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13442 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13443 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13444 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13445 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13446 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13447 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13448 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13449 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13450 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13451 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13452 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13453 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13454 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13456 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13457 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13458 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13460 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13461 also supported.
13463 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13465 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13466 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13467 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13469 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13470 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13471 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13473 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13474 into the buffer at the current point.
13476 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13477 into the buffer at the current point.
13479 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13480 into the buffer at the current point.
13482 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13484 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13485 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13487 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13489 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13493 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13494 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13495 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13496 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13498 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13500 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13501 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13502 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13504 \(fn)" t nil)
13506 ;;;***
13508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 53104 431149
13509 ;;;;;; 0))
13510 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13512 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13513 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13515 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13516 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13518 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13519 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13520 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13521 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13523 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13524 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13525 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13526 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13528 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13529 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13530 which can be called interactively, are:
13532 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13533 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13535 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13536 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13537 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13538 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13540 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13541 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13543 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13544 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13545 available face automatically.
13547 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13548 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13550 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13551 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13552 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13553 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13554 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13555 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13556 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13557 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13558 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13559 function returns t.
13561 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13562 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13564 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13565 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13566 form:
13567 Hi-lock: FOO
13569 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13570 position (number of characters into buffer)
13571 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13572 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13573 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13577 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13578 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13579 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13582 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13584 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13586 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13587 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13588 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13589 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13590 ARG is omitted or nil.
13592 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13593 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13594 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13598 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13600 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13601 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13602 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13603 Use the global history list for FACE.
13605 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13606 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13607 highlighting will not update as you type.
13609 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13611 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13613 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13614 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13615 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13616 Use the global history list for FACE.
13618 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13619 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13620 highlighting will not update as you type.
13622 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13624 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13626 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13627 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13628 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13629 Use the global history list for FACE.
13631 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13632 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13633 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13635 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13636 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13637 highlighting will not update as you type.
13639 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13641 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13643 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13644 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13645 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13646 unless you use a prefix argument.
13647 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13649 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13650 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13652 \(fn)" t nil)
13654 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13656 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13657 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13658 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13659 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13660 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13661 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13663 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13665 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13666 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13668 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13669 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13670 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13672 \(fn)" t nil)
13674 ;;;***
13676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21291 53104
13677 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13680 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13681 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13682 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13683 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13684 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13686 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13687 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13688 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13689 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13691 `hide-ifdef-env'
13692 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13693 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13694 is used.
13696 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13697 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13698 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13699 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13700 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13702 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13703 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13704 #endif lines when hiding.
13706 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13707 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13708 is activated.
13710 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13711 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13712 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13714 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13718 ;;;***
13720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 53104
13721 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13722 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13724 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13725 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13726 Each element has the form
13727 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13729 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13730 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13732 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13733 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13735 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13736 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13737 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13738 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13739 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13740 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13742 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13743 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13745 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13746 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13748 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13749 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13750 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13752 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13753 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13754 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13755 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13756 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13758 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13759 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13760 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13762 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13763 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13764 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13766 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13767 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13769 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13771 Key bindings:
13772 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13776 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13777 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13779 \(fn)" nil nil)
13781 ;;;***
13783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 53104 431149
13784 ;;;;;; 0))
13785 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13787 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13788 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13789 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13790 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13791 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13793 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13794 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13795 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13796 this on and off.
13798 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13799 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13800 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13801 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13802 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13803 through various faces.
13804 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13805 buffer with the contents of a file
13806 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13810 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13811 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13812 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13813 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13814 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13816 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13817 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13818 in a distinctive face.
13820 The default value can be customized with variable
13821 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13823 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13827 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13828 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13829 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13831 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13833 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13834 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13836 \(fn)" t nil)
13838 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13839 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13841 \(fn)" t nil)
13843 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13844 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13846 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13847 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13848 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13849 shown in the last face in the list.
13851 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13852 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13853 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13855 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13857 \(fn)" t nil)
13859 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13860 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13862 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13864 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13865 to save the file.
13867 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13868 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13870 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13871 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13872 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13874 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13876 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13877 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13879 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13880 this function is called interactively.
13882 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13883 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13884 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13886 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13887 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13888 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13890 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13892 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13893 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13894 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13895 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13896 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13897 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13899 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13901 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13902 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13903 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13904 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13905 ARG is omitted or nil.
13907 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13908 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13909 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13913 ;;;***
13915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21291 53104 431149
13916 ;;;;;; 0))
13917 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13918 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13920 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13921 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13922 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13923 or insert functions in this list.")
13925 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13927 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13928 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13929 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13930 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13931 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13932 expansions.
13933 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13934 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13935 undoes the expansion.
13937 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13939 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13940 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13941 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13942 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13944 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13946 ;;;***
13948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 53104 431149
13949 ;;;;;; 0))
13950 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13952 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13953 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13954 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13955 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13956 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13958 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13959 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13960 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13961 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13962 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13963 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13965 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13966 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13967 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13968 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13972 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13973 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13974 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13975 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13976 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13977 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13979 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13981 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13982 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13984 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13985 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13987 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13988 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13989 windows.
13991 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13992 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13996 ;;;***
13998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 53104
13999 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
14000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14002 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14004 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14005 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14006 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14008 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14010 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14012 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14014 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14015 Oriental holidays.
14016 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14018 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14020 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14022 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14024 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14025 Local holidays.
14026 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14028 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14030 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14032 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14034 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14035 User defined holidays.
14036 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14040 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14043 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14045 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14047 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14048 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14050 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14052 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14053 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14055 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14057 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14058 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14060 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14062 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14064 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14065 Jewish holidays.
14066 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14068 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14070 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14072 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14074 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14075 Christian holidays.
14076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14078 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14080 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14082 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14084 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14085 Islamic holidays.
14086 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14088 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14090 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14092 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14094 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14095 Bahá'í holidays.
14096 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14098 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14100 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14102 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14104 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14105 Sun-related holidays.
14106 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14108 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14110 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14112 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14114 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14115 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14116 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14117 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14121 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14122 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14123 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14124 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14125 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14127 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14128 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14130 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14131 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14133 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14134 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14135 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14136 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14137 of a holiday list.
14139 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14141 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14143 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14145 ;;;***
14147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21291 53104
14148 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
14149 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14151 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14152 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14154 \(fn)" t nil)
14156 ;;;***
14158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21291 53104
14159 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
14160 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14161 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14163 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14164 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14165 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14166 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14167 as possible.
14169 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14170 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14171 fontified display.
14173 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14174 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14176 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14177 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14178 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14180 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14182 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14183 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14184 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14186 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14188 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14190 ;;;***
14192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 53104 431149
14193 ;;;;;; 0))
14194 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14196 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14197 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14199 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14200 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14201 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14203 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14204 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14205 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14206 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14207 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14208 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14210 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14211 title of the column.
14213 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14214 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14215 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14216 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14217 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14219 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14221 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14222 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14223 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14224 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14225 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14227 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14228 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14229 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14231 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14233 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14234 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14235 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14236 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14237 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14238 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14240 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14241 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14242 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14243 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14244 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14245 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14246 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14247 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14248 values are:
14249 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14250 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14251 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14252 buffer's modification flag.
14253 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14254 prompted before performing this operation.
14255 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14256 operation is complete, in the form:
14257 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14258 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14259 confirmation message, in the form:
14260 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14261 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14262 macro for exactly what it does.
14264 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14266 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14267 Define a filter named NAME.
14268 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14269 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14270 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14272 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14273 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14274 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14275 bound to the current value of the filter.
14277 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14279 ;;;***
14281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 53104 431149
14282 ;;;;;; 0))
14283 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14285 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14286 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14287 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14288 buffers which are visiting a file.
14290 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14292 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14293 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14294 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14295 buffers which are visiting a file.
14297 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14299 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14300 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14301 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14303 All arguments are optional.
14304 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14305 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14306 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14307 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14308 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14309 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14310 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14311 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14312 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14313 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14314 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14315 that value locally in this buffer.
14317 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14319 ;;;***
14321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14322 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
14323 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14324 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14326 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14327 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14328 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14329 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14331 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14333 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14334 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14335 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14336 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14337 ICAL-FILENAME.
14338 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14339 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14340 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14342 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14344 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14345 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14346 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14347 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14348 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14349 non-marking or not.
14351 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14353 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14354 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14356 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14357 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14358 DIARY-FILE.
14360 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14361 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14362 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14364 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14365 non-marking.
14367 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14368 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14369 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14371 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14373 ;;;***
14375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 53104 431149
14376 ;;;;;; 0))
14377 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14379 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14380 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14381 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14382 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14383 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14384 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14386 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14388 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14389 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14390 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14391 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14392 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14394 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14395 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14396 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14397 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14399 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14400 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14402 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14403 completions:
14405 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14407 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14409 ;;;***
14411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 53104 431149
14412 ;;;;;; 0))
14413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14415 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14416 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14417 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14418 Tab indents for Icon code.
14419 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14420 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14421 \\{icon-mode-map}
14422 Variables controlling indentation style:
14423 icon-tab-always-indent
14424 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14425 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14426 icon-auto-newline
14427 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14428 inserted in Icon code.
14429 icon-indent-level
14430 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14431 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14432 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14433 icon-continued-statement-offset
14434 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14435 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14436 icon-continued-brace-offset
14437 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14438 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14439 icon-brace-offset
14440 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14441 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14442 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14443 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14445 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14446 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14448 \(fn)" t nil)
14450 ;;;***
14452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21291
14453 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
14454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14456 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14457 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14458 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14459 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14461 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14462 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14463 separate frames.
14465 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14466 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14468 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14469 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14470 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14472 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14474 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14476 ;;;***
14478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21291 53104
14479 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
14480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14481 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14483 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14484 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14486 The main features of this mode are
14488 1. Indentation and Formatting
14489 --------------------------
14490 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14491 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14493 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14494 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14495 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14496 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14498 Comments are indented as follows:
14500 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14501 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14502 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14504 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14506 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14507 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14508 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14509 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14510 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14511 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14513 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14514 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14515 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14516 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14518 2. Routine Info
14519 ------------
14520 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14521 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14522 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14523 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14524 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14525 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14526 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14527 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14528 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14529 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14531 3. Online IDL Help
14532 ---------------
14534 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14535 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14536 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14537 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14539 4. Completion
14540 ----------
14541 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14542 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14543 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14544 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14545 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14546 upper case.
14548 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14549 --------------------------------
14550 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14551 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14553 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14554 \\fu FUNCTION template
14555 \\c CASE statement template
14556 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14557 \\f FOR loop template
14558 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14559 \\w WHILE loop template
14560 \\i IF statement template
14561 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14562 \\b BEGIN
14564 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14565 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14567 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14568 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14569 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14570 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14572 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14573 -------------------------
14574 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14575 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14577 7. Automatic END completion
14578 ------------------------
14579 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14580 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14582 8. Hooks
14583 -----
14584 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14585 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14587 9. Documentation and Customization
14588 -------------------------------
14589 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14590 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14591 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14592 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14593 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14595 10.Keybindings
14596 -----------
14597 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14598 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14599 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14601 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14603 \(fn)" t nil)
14605 ;;;***
14607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14610 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14611 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14612 The following values are possible:
14613 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14614 displaying...)
14615 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14616 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14617 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14619 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14620 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14622 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14624 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14625 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14626 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14627 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14628 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14629 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14630 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14631 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14632 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14636 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14637 Switch to another buffer.
14638 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14639 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14640 in another frame.
14642 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14643 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14644 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14645 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14646 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14648 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14649 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14651 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14653 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14654 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14655 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14656 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14657 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14658 in a separate window.
14659 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14660 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14661 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14662 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14663 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14664 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14665 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14666 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14667 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14669 \(fn)" t nil)
14671 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14672 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14673 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14674 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14676 \(fn)" t nil)
14678 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14679 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14680 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14681 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14683 \(fn)" t nil)
14685 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14686 Kill a buffer.
14687 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14688 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14690 \(fn)" t nil)
14692 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14693 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14694 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14695 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14697 \(fn)" t nil)
14699 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14700 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14701 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14702 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14704 \(fn)" t nil)
14706 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14707 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14709 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14711 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14712 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14713 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14714 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14715 in another frame.
14717 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14718 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14719 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14720 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14721 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14722 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14724 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14725 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14727 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14729 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14730 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14731 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14732 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14733 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14734 in a separate window.
14735 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14736 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14737 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14738 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14739 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14740 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14741 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14742 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14743 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14744 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14745 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14746 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14747 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14749 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14750 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14751 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14752 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14754 \(fn)" t nil)
14756 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14757 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14758 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14759 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14763 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14764 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14765 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14766 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14768 \(fn)" t nil)
14770 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14771 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14772 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14773 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14777 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14778 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14779 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14780 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14782 \(fn)" t nil)
14784 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14785 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14786 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14787 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14789 \(fn)" t nil)
14791 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14792 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14793 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14794 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14798 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14799 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14800 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14801 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14803 \(fn)" t nil)
14805 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14806 Write current buffer to a file.
14807 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14808 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14810 \(fn)" t nil)
14812 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14813 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14814 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14815 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14817 \(fn)" t nil)
14819 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14820 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14821 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14822 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14826 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14827 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14828 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14829 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14830 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14831 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14833 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14835 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14836 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14837 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14838 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14840 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14842 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14843 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14844 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14845 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14847 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14849 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14850 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14851 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14852 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14853 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14854 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14855 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14856 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14857 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14858 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14859 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14860 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14861 with point positioned at the end.
14862 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14863 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14865 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14867 ;;;***
14869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14870 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14872 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14873 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14874 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14875 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14877 \(fn)" t nil)
14879 ;;;***
14881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14882 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14884 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14886 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14887 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14888 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14889 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14890 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14891 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14893 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14895 ;;;***
14897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14898 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14900 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14901 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14902 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14903 be determined.
14905 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14907 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14908 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14909 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14910 be determined.
14912 \(fn)" nil nil)
14914 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14915 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14916 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14917 be determined.
14919 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14921 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14922 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14923 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14924 be determined.
14926 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14928 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14929 Determine and return image type.
14930 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14931 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14932 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14933 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14934 use its file extension as image type.
14935 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14937 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14939 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14940 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14941 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14943 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14945 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14946 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14947 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14949 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14950 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14951 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14952 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14953 must be available.
14955 \(fn)" nil nil)
14957 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14958 Create an image.
14959 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14960 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14961 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14962 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14963 use its file extension as image type.
14964 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14965 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14966 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14967 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14969 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14971 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14972 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14973 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14975 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14977 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14978 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14979 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14980 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14981 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14982 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14983 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14984 POS may be an integer or marker.
14985 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14986 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14987 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14988 means display it in the right marginal area.
14990 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14992 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14993 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14994 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14995 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14996 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14997 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14998 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14999 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15000 means display it in the right marginal area.
15001 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15002 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15003 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15004 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15005 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15007 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15009 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15010 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15011 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15012 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15013 STRING is a single space.
15014 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15015 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15016 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15017 means display it in the right marginal area.
15018 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15020 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15022 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15023 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15024 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15025 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15027 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15029 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15030 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15032 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15034 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15035 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15036 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15037 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15038 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15039 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15040 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15041 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15042 satisfied.
15044 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15046 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15048 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15050 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15051 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15053 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15054 documentation string.
15056 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15057 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15058 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15059 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15060 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15061 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15062 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15063 define SYMBOL.
15065 Example:
15067 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15068 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15070 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15072 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15074 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15075 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15076 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15077 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15079 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15080 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15081 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15082 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15084 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15086 \(fn)" nil nil)
15088 ;;;***
15090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 53104
15091 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15092 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15093 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15095 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15096 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15097 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15098 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15099 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15100 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15102 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15104 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15105 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15107 Convenience command that:
15109 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15110 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15111 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15113 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15114 image files in dired and type
15115 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15117 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15119 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15120 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15122 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15124 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15125 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15126 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15127 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15128 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15129 another one).
15131 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15132 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15133 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15135 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15136 instead of erasing it first.
15138 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15139 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15140 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15141 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15142 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15143 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15145 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15147 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15148 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15149 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15150 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15151 displayed.
15153 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15155 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15157 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15160 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15162 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15164 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15165 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15166 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15168 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15170 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15171 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15173 \(fn)" t nil)
15175 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15176 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15177 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15178 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15180 \(fn)" t nil)
15182 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15183 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15185 \(fn)" t nil)
15187 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15188 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15190 \(fn)" t nil)
15192 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15193 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15195 \(fn)" t nil)
15197 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15198 Display current image file.
15199 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15200 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15202 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15204 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15205 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15207 \(fn)" t nil)
15209 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15210 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15211 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15212 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15213 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15214 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15215 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15217 \(fn)" t nil)
15219 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15220 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15221 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15222 easy-to-use form.
15224 \(fn)" t nil)
15226 ;;;***
15228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
15229 ;;;;;; 0))
15230 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15232 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15233 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15234 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15235 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15237 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15238 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15239 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15240 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15242 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15244 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15245 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15246 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15247 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15249 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15250 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15251 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15252 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15254 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15256 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15257 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15259 \(fn)" nil nil)
15261 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15262 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15263 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15264 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15266 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15268 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15269 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15270 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15272 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15273 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15275 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15277 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15278 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15279 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15280 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15281 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15283 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15284 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15285 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15287 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15289 ;;;***
15291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
15292 ;;;;;; 0))
15293 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15295 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15296 Major mode for image files.
15297 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15298 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15300 Key bindings:
15301 \\{image-mode-map}
15303 \(fn)" t nil)
15305 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15306 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15308 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15309 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15311 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15312 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15313 actual image.
15315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15317 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15318 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15319 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15320 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15321 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15322 to display an image file as the actual image.
15324 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15325 to display an image file as text initially.
15327 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15328 on these modes.
15330 \(fn)" t nil)
15332 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15335 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15337 ;;;***
15339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
15340 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15342 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15343 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15345 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15347 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15348 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15349 in the buffer.
15351 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15353 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15354 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15355 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15357 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15359 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15360 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15361 Each element of this list should have the form
15363 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15365 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15366 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15367 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15368 matches are put).
15369 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15370 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15371 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15372 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15373 another element.
15374 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15375 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15376 the menu item.
15377 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15378 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15379 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15380 the ARGUMENTS.
15382 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15383 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15384 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15386 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15387 create a buffer index.
15389 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15390 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15391 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15392 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15393 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15395 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15397 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15398 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15400 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15401 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15402 called within a `save-excursion'.
15404 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15406 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15408 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15409 Function for finding the next index position.
15411 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15412 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15413 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15414 file.
15416 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15417 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15419 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15421 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15422 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15424 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15425 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15426 It should return the name for that index item.")
15428 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15430 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15431 Function to compare string with index item.
15433 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15434 non-nil if they match.
15436 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15437 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15438 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15439 arguments match\".")
15441 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15443 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15444 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15445 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15447 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15448 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15450 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15452 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15454 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15455 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15456 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15457 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15459 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15461 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15462 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15464 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15466 \(fn)" t nil)
15468 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15469 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15470 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15471 for more information.
15473 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15475 ;;;***
15477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 53104
15478 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15479 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15481 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15482 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15484 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15486 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15489 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15491 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15494 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15496 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15499 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15501 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15502 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15504 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15506 ;;;***
15508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 53104
15509 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15512 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15513 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15514 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15515 to that buffer.
15516 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15517 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15518 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15519 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15521 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15523 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15525 ;;;***
15527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
15528 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15530 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15531 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15532 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15533 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15534 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15535 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15536 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15537 first in this list.
15539 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15540 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15541 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15542 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15543 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15545 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15546 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15547 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15549 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15550 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15552 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15553 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15555 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15556 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15557 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15558 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15559 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15560 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15561 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15562 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15563 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15564 with the top-level Info directory.
15566 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15567 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15569 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15570 \"*info*<%s>\".
15572 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15573 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15574 in all the directories in that path.
15576 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15578 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15580 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15581 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15583 \(fn)" t nil)
15585 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15586 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15588 \(fn)" t nil)
15590 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15591 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15592 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15593 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15595 \(fn)" nil nil)
15597 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15598 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15599 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15600 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15602 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15604 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15605 Go to the Info directory node.
15607 \(fn)" t nil)
15609 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15610 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15611 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15612 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15613 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15614 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15616 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15618 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15619 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15620 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15622 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15624 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15625 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15626 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15627 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15628 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15630 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15632 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15633 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15634 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15635 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15636 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15638 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15639 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15641 Selecting other nodes:
15642 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15643 Follow a node reference you click on.
15644 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15645 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15646 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15647 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15648 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15649 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15650 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15651 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15652 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15653 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15654 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15655 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15656 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15657 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15658 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15659 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15660 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15661 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15662 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15663 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15665 Moving within a node:
15666 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15667 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15668 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15669 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15670 move up to the parent node.
15671 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15672 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15673 if there is none.
15674 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15676 Advanced commands:
15677 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15678 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15679 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15680 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15681 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15682 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15683 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15684 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15685 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15686 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15687 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15688 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15689 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15690 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15691 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15692 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15694 \(fn)" t nil)
15695 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15697 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15698 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15699 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15700 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15701 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15702 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15704 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15705 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15707 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15708 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15709 KEY is a string.
15710 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15711 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15712 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15713 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15715 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15717 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15718 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15719 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15721 \(fn)" t nil)
15723 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15724 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15725 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15727 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15729 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15730 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15731 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15732 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15734 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15736 ;;;***
15738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 53104 431149
15739 ;;;;;; 0))
15740 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15742 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15743 Throw away all cached data.
15744 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15745 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15746 system.
15748 \(fn)" t nil)
15749 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15751 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15752 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15753 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15754 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15755 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15756 one found at point.
15758 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15760 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15761 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15763 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15764 Display the documentation of a file.
15765 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15766 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15767 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15768 The default file name is the one found at point.
15770 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15772 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15774 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15775 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15777 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15779 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15780 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15784 ;;;***
15786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 53104 431149
15787 ;;;;;; 0))
15788 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15789 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15791 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15792 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15793 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15794 current info file is the default.
15796 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15797 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15798 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15799 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15800 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15802 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15803 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15804 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15805 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15806 mistake in the reference.
15808 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15809 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15810 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15812 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15813 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15814 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15815 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15817 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15819 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15820 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15821 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15822 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15823 checked.
15825 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15826 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15827 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15828 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15829 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15830 should be harmless.
15832 \(fn)" t nil)
15834 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15835 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15836 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15837 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15839 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15840 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15841 and can take a long time.
15843 \(fn)" t nil)
15845 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15846 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15847 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15849 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15851 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15852 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15854 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15855 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15856 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15857 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15858 all builtins).
15860 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15861 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15862 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15863 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15864 the sources handy.
15866 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15868 ;;;***
15870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 53104 431149
15871 ;;;;;; 0))
15872 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15874 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15875 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15877 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15879 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15880 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15882 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15884 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15885 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15886 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15887 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15889 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15890 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15891 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15893 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15894 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15895 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15896 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15898 \(fn)" t nil)
15900 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15901 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15902 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15904 \(fn)" t nil)
15906 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15907 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15908 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15909 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15910 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15912 \(fn)" nil nil)
15914 ;;;***
15916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 53104
15917 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15918 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15919 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15921 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15922 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15923 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15925 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15927 ;;;***
15929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15930 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15933 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15934 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15936 \(fn)" t nil)
15938 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15939 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15941 \(fn)" t nil)
15943 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15946 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15948 ;;;***
15950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 53104 431149
15951 ;;;;;; 0))
15952 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15953 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15955 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15956 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15957 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15958 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15959 accessed via isearchb.
15961 \(fn)" t nil)
15963 ;;;***
15965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15966 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
15967 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15969 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15970 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15971 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15972 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15973 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15975 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15977 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15978 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15979 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15980 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15981 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15983 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15985 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15986 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15987 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15988 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15989 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15991 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15993 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15994 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15995 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15996 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15997 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15999 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16001 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16002 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16003 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16004 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16005 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16010 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16011 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16012 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16013 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16015 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16017 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16018 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16019 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16020 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16021 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16023 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16025 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16026 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16027 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16028 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16030 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16032 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16033 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16034 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16035 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16037 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16039 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16040 Warn that format is read-only.
16042 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16044 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16045 Warn that format is write-only.
16047 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16049 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16050 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16052 \(fn)" t nil)
16054 ;;;***
16056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16057 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
16058 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16059 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16060 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16062 ;;;***
16064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 53104
16065 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16066 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16068 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16070 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16071 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16072 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16073 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16074 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16076 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16078 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16080 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16081 Key map for ispell menu.")
16083 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16084 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16085 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16086 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16088 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16090 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16092 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16094 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16096 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16097 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16098 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16099 Valid forms include:
16100 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16101 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16102 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16103 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16105 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16106 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16107 First list is used raw.
16108 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16110 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16111 for skipping in latex mode.")
16113 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16114 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16115 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16116 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16117 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16118 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16119 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16121 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16122 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16123 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16124 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16126 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16127 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16128 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16129 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16130 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16132 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16133 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16135 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16136 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16138 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16139 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16141 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16142 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16144 Return values:
16145 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16146 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16147 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16148 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16149 quit spell session exited.
16151 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16153 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16154 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16155 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16157 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16159 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16160 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16162 Selections are:
16164 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16165 SPC: Accept word this time.
16166 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16167 `a': Accept word for this session.
16168 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16169 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16170 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16171 `?': Show these commands.
16172 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16173 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16174 the aborted check to be completed later.
16175 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16176 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16177 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16178 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16179 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16180 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16181 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16183 \(fn)" nil nil)
16185 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16186 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16187 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16188 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16190 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16192 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16193 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16194 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16195 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16197 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16199 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16201 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16202 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16203 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16204 amount for last line processed.
16206 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16208 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16209 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16211 \(fn)" t nil)
16213 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16214 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16216 \(fn)" t nil)
16218 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16219 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16220 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16222 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16224 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16225 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16227 \(fn)" t nil)
16229 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16230 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16231 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16232 sequence inside of a word.
16234 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16236 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16238 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16239 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16241 \(fn)" t nil)
16243 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16244 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16245 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16246 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16248 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16249 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16250 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16251 available on the net.
16253 \(fn)" t nil)
16255 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16256 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16258 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16259 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16261 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16262 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16263 spelled.
16265 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16266 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16267 SPC.
16269 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16270 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16274 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16275 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16276 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16277 Don't check included messages.
16279 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16280 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16281 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16283 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16284 in your init file:
16285 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16286 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16287 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16288 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16290 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16291 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16292 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16294 \(fn)" t nil)
16296 ;;;***
16298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16299 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16300 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16302 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16305 \(fn)" nil nil)
16307 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16308 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16309 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16310 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16311 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16312 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16313 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16314 necessary to represent OBJ.
16316 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16318 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16319 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16320 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16321 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16323 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16325 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16326 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16327 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16328 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16329 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16331 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16333 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16334 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16335 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16336 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16338 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16340 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16341 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16342 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16343 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16345 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16347 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16348 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16350 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16352 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16353 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16354 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16355 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16356 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16358 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16360 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16361 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16362 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16363 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16364 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16366 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16368 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16369 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16370 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16372 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16374 ;;;***
16376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 53104 431149
16377 ;;;;;; 0))
16378 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16380 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16381 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16382 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16383 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16385 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16388 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16390 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16391 Uninstall jka-compr.
16392 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16393 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16394 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16396 \(fn)" nil nil)
16398 ;;;***
16400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21291 53104 431149
16401 ;;;;;; 0))
16402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16403 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16405 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16406 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16408 \(fn)" t nil)
16409 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16411 ;;;***
16413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16415 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16417 ;;;***
16419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 53104
16420 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16423 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16424 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16425 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16426 decimal key must be specified.")
16428 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16430 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16431 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16432 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16433 decimal key must be specified.")
16435 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16437 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16438 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16439 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16440 decimal key must be specified.")
16442 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16444 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16445 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16446 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16447 decimal key must be specified.")
16449 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16451 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16452 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16453 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16454 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16455 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16456 keys are bound.
16458 Setup Binding
16459 -------------------------------------------------------------
16460 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16461 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16462 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16463 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16464 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16465 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16466 in the global and local keymaps.
16468 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16469 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16471 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16473 ;;;***
16475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16476 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16477 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16479 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16480 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16481 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16483 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16484 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16485 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16486 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16487 shorter.
16489 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16490 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16491 the context of text formatting.
16493 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16495 ;;;***
16497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 53104 431149
16498 ;;;;;; 0))
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16501 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16502 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16503 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16504 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16505 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16506 positions that contains the current selection.")
16508 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16509 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16510 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16511 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16512 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16513 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16514 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16516 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16518 ;;;***
16520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16521 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16522 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16523 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16524 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16525 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16526 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16527 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16528 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16530 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16531 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16532 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16534 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16536 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16537 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16538 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16539 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16540 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16542 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16544 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16545 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16546 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16548 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16549 defining the macro.
16551 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16552 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16553 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16555 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16556 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16560 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16561 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16562 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16563 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16564 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16565 under that name.
16567 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16568 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16569 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16571 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16573 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16574 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16575 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16576 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16578 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16579 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16580 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16581 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16583 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16584 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16586 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16588 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16589 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16590 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16592 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16593 macro.
16595 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16596 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16598 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16599 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16600 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16602 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16603 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16607 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16608 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16609 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16610 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16612 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16614 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16615 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16616 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16617 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16619 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16620 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16622 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16624 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16625 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16626 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16628 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16630 ;;;***
16632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16633 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16634 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16636 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16637 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16638 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16640 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16643 \(fn)" nil nil)
16645 ;;;***
16647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21291 53104
16648 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16649 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16651 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16653 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16654 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16656 \(fn)" t nil)
16658 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16659 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16660 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16661 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16663 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16664 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16665 none / 1 | yes | no
16666 2 | yes | yes
16667 3 | no | yes
16668 4 | no | no
16670 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16671 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16672 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16674 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16676 ;;;***
16678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 53104
16679 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16680 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16682 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16685 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16687 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16688 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16689 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16690 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16691 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16692 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16694 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16695 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16697 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16699 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16700 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16702 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16704 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16707 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16709 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16712 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16714 ;;;***
16716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16717 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16718 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16720 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16721 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16722 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16723 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16725 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16727 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16728 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16729 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16731 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16733 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16734 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16735 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16737 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16739 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16740 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16741 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16742 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16744 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16746 ;;;***
16748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16749 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
16750 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16752 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16753 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16754 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16755 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16756 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16757 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16758 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16759 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16761 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16762 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16765 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16767 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16769 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16770 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16771 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16772 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16773 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16774 `latin1-display-setup'.
16776 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16778 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16779 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16780 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16781 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16784 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16786 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16788 ;;;***
16790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16791 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16794 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16795 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16797 \(fn)" t nil)
16799 ;;;***
16801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16802 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16804 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16805 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16806 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16807 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16808 generations (this defaults to 1).
16810 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16812 ;;;***
16814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16815 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16816 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16818 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16819 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16821 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16822 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16824 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16828 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16829 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16830 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16832 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16833 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16835 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16837 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16838 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16839 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16840 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16841 ARG is omitted or nil.
16843 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16844 `linum-on' would do it.
16845 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16849 ;;;***
16851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 53104 431149
16852 ;;;;;; 0))
16853 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16855 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16856 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16857 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16858 is nil, raise an error.
16860 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16861 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16862 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16863 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16864 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16865 defined by the library.
16867 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16868 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16869 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16870 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16871 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16872 proceeds.
16874 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16875 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16876 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16877 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16879 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16881 ;;;***
16883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16884 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16886 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16887 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16888 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16890 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16892 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16893 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16894 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16895 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16897 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16898 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16899 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16900 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16901 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16902 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16903 the version.)
16905 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16906 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16908 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16909 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16911 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16912 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16914 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16916 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16917 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16918 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16919 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16920 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16921 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16922 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16923 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16924 to constrain a big search.
16926 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16928 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16929 except that FILTER is not optional.
16931 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16933 ;;;***
16935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21291 53104 431149
16936 ;;;;;; 0))
16937 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16939 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16940 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16941 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16942 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16943 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16944 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16945 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16946 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16947 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16948 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16950 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16951 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16952 associated values:
16953 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16954 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16955 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16956 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16957 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16959 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16960 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16961 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16963 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16965 ;;;***
16967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 53104 431149
16968 ;;;;;; 0))
16969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16971 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16972 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16974 \(fn)" t nil)
16976 ;;;***
16978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16979 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16981 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16982 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16984 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16985 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16987 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16988 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16989 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16991 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16992 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16994 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16995 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16996 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16997 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16998 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16999 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17000 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17002 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17004 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17005 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17006 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17007 switch on this list.
17008 See `lpr-command'.")
17010 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17012 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17013 Name of program for printing a file.
17015 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17016 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17017 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17018 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17019 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17020 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17021 argument.")
17023 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17025 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17026 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17027 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17028 for customization of the printer command.
17030 \(fn)" t nil)
17032 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17033 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17035 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17036 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17037 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17038 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17040 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17041 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17043 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17044 for further customization of the printer command.
17046 \(fn)" t nil)
17048 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17049 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17050 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17051 for customization of the printer command.
17053 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17055 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17056 Paginate and print the region contents.
17058 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17059 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17060 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17061 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17063 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17064 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17066 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17067 for further customization of the printer command.
17069 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17071 ;;;***
17073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
17074 ;;;;;; 0))
17075 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17077 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17078 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17079 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17081 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17083 ;;;***
17085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 53104 431149
17086 ;;;;;; 0))
17087 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17089 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17090 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17091 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17092 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17096 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17098 ;;;***
17100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 53104
17101 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17104 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17105 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17107 \(fn)" t nil)
17109 ;;;***
17111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17112 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17114 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17115 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17116 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17117 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17118 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17120 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17122 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17123 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17124 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17125 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17126 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17128 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17129 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17130 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17131 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17132 bindings.
17134 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17135 use this command, and then save the file.
17137 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17139 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17140 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17141 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17142 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17143 each time the macro executes.
17144 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17145 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17146 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17147 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17148 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17149 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17150 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17152 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17154 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17155 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17156 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17157 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17159 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17160 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17161 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17162 execute.
17164 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17165 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17167 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17168 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17169 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17170 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17171 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17173 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17174 looked like this:
17176 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17177 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17178 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17180 You could enter the names in this format:
17186 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17188 \\C-x (
17189 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17190 \\C-x )
17192 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17193 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17195 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17196 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17198 ;;;***
17200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 53104
17201 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17202 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17204 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17205 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17206 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17207 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17208 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17209 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17211 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17212 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17213 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17214 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17215 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17217 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17218 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17219 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17220 consing a string.)
17222 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17224 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17225 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17227 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17229 ;;;***
17231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 53104
17232 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17233 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17235 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17236 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17238 \(fn)" nil nil)
17240 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17243 \(fn)" nil nil)
17245 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17246 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17248 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17250 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17251 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17252 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17253 message.
17255 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17257 \(fn)" nil nil)
17259 ;;;***
17261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 53104
17262 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17263 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17265 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17266 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17267 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17268 often correct parser.")
17270 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17272 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17273 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17274 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17275 a value which excludes your own email address.
17277 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17278 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17280 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17282 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17283 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17285 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17287 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17288 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17289 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17290 we return it unconverted.
17292 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17293 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17295 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17297 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17298 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17299 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17300 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17302 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17304 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17305 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17306 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17307 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17309 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17311 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17312 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17313 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17314 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17315 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17316 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17317 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17318 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17319 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17320 as Rmail does.
17322 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17324 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17325 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17326 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17327 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17328 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17329 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17330 matches may be returned from the message body.
17332 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17334 ;;;***
17336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 53104
17337 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17338 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17340 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17341 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17342 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17345 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17347 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17349 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17350 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17352 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17353 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17355 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17356 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17357 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17358 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17362 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17363 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17365 \(fn)" nil nil)
17367 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17368 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17369 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17371 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17373 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17374 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17375 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17377 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17378 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17379 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17380 double-quotes.
17382 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17384 ;;;***
17386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 53104
17387 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17388 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17390 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17391 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17392 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17393 king@grassland.com
17394 If `parens', they look like:
17395 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17396 If `angles', they look like:
17397 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17399 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17401 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17402 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17403 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17404 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17405 their `Resent-' variants.
17407 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17408 removed from alias expansions.
17410 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17412 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17413 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17414 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17416 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17417 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17418 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17419 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17421 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17423 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17424 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17425 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17427 \(fn)" nil nil)
17429 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17430 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17431 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17432 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17436 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17438 ;;;***
17440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 53104
17441 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17442 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17444 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17445 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17446 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17447 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17449 \(fn)" nil nil)
17451 ;;;***
17453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17454 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
17455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17457 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17458 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17460 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17461 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17462 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17463 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17464 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17465 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17467 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17468 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17469 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17470 dependency, despite the colon.
17472 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17474 In the browser, use the following keys:
17476 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17478 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17480 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17481 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17483 `makefile-target-colon':
17484 The string that gets appended to all target names
17485 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17486 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17488 `makefile-macro-assign':
17489 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17490 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17491 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17492 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17493 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17494 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17496 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17497 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17498 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17500 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17501 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17503 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17504 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17505 up or down in the browser.
17507 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17508 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17510 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17511 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17513 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17514 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17515 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17516 has been selected in the browser.
17518 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17519 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17520 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17521 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17522 filenames are omitted.
17524 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17525 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17526 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17527 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17528 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17529 the backslash itself intact.
17530 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17531 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17533 `makefile-browser-hook':
17534 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17535 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17537 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17538 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17539 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17540 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17542 \(fn)" t nil)
17544 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17545 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17547 \(fn)" t nil)
17549 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17550 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17552 \(fn)" t nil)
17554 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17555 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17557 \(fn)" t nil)
17559 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17560 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17562 \(fn)" t nil)
17564 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17565 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17567 \(fn)" t nil)
17569 ;;;***
17571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 53104 431149
17572 ;;;;;; 0))
17573 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17575 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17576 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17577 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17579 \(fn)" t nil)
17581 ;;;***
17583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17584 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17586 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17588 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17589 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17590 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17591 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17592 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17593 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17594 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17595 page, it will display immediately.
17597 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17598 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17599 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17601 cat(1)
17602 1 cat
17604 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17605 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17606 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17607 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17609 -a chmod
17611 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17612 otherwise look like a page name.
17614 /my/file/name.1.gz
17615 -l somefile.1
17617 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17618 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17619 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17621 -k pattern
17623 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17625 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17626 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17628 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17630 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17631 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17633 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17635 ;;;***
17637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17638 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17639 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17641 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17642 Toggle Master mode.
17643 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17644 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17645 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17647 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17648 using the following commands:
17650 \\{master-mode-map}
17652 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17653 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17654 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17658 ;;;***
17660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 53104 431149
17661 ;;;;;; 0))
17662 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17664 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17665 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17666 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17669 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17671 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17673 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17674 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17676 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17677 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17679 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17680 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17681 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17682 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17686 ;;;***
17688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17689 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17690 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17692 ;;;***
17694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 53104 431149
17695 ;;;;;; 0))
17696 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17698 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17700 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17701 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17702 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17703 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17704 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17705 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17706 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17707 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17708 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17709 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17710 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17711 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17712 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17713 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17714 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17715 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17716 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17717 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17718 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17719 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17720 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17721 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17722 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17723 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17724 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17725 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17726 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17727 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17728 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17729 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17730 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17731 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17732 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17733 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17734 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17735 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17736 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17737 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17739 \(fn)" t nil)
17741 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17742 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17743 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17744 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17745 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17747 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17749 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17750 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17752 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17754 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17755 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17757 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17759 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17760 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17762 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17764 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17765 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17766 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17768 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17770 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17771 Cancel an article you posted.
17772 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17776 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17777 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17778 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17779 header line with the old Message-ID.
17781 \(fn)" t nil)
17783 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17784 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17786 \(fn)" t nil)
17788 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17789 Forward the current message via mail.
17790 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17791 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17793 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17795 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17798 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17800 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17803 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17805 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17806 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17808 \(fn)" t nil)
17810 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17811 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17813 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17815 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17816 Re-mail the current message.
17817 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17818 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17819 you.
17821 \(fn)" t nil)
17823 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17824 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17826 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17828 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17829 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17831 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17833 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17834 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17836 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17838 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17839 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17841 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17843 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17844 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17845 Works by overstriking characters.
17846 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17847 which specify the range to operate on.
17849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17851 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17852 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17853 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17854 which specify the range to operate on.
17856 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17858 ;;;***
17860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17861 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
17862 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17863 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17865 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17866 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17868 \(fn)" t nil)
17870 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17871 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17873 \(fn)" t nil)
17875 ;;;***
17877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 53104
17878 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17881 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17882 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17883 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17885 \(fn)" t nil)
17887 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17888 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17889 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17890 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17891 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17892 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17893 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17895 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17897 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17898 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17899 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17900 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17901 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17902 means current).
17903 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17904 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17906 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17908 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17909 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17910 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17911 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17912 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17913 means current).
17914 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17915 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17917 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17919 ;;;***
17921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21291 53104 431149
17922 ;;;;;; 0))
17923 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17925 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17926 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17927 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17929 \(fn)" t nil)
17931 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17932 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17933 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17935 \(fn)" t nil)
17937 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17938 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17940 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17941 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17942 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17944 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17945 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17947 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17948 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17950 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17952 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17954 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17955 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17956 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17957 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17958 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17959 as `compose-mail'.
17961 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17962 initial Subject field, respectively.
17964 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17965 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17966 are strings.
17968 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17969 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17971 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17973 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17974 Save draft and send message.
17976 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17977 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17978 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17979 Mail Delivery*\".
17981 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17982 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17983 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17985 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17986 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17987 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17988 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17989 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17990 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17992 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17993 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17995 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17996 message and scan line.
17998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18000 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18001 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18003 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18004 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18005 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18006 delete the draft message.
18008 \(fn)" t nil)
18010 ;;;***
18012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18013 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18014 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18016 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18018 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18020 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18022 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18023 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18025 \(fn)" t nil)
18027 ;;;***
18029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 53104
18030 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18033 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18034 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18035 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18037 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18038 the MH mail system.
18040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18042 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18043 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18044 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18046 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18047 the MH mail system.
18049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18051 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18052 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18054 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18055 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18056 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18057 separate command.
18059 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18060 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18061 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18062 format.
18064 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18066 Ranges
18067 ======
18068 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18069 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18070 can be used in several ways.
18072 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18073 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18074 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18075 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18076 page):
18078 <num1>-<num2>
18079 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18080 The range must be nonempty.
18082 <num>:N
18083 <num>:+N
18084 <num>:-N
18085 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18086 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18087 last.
18089 first:N
18090 prev:N
18091 next:N
18092 last:N
18093 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18096 All of the messages.
18098 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18099 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18101 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18102 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18103 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18105 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18107 \(fn)" t nil)
18109 ;;;***
18111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 53104 431149
18112 ;;;;;; 0))
18113 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18115 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18116 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18117 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18118 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18119 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18120 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18121 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18122 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18123 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18124 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18125 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18127 \(fn)" t nil)
18129 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18130 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18131 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18132 to its second argument TM.
18134 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18136 ;;;***
18138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 53104
18139 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18142 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18143 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18144 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18146 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18147 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18149 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18151 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18152 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18153 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18154 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18155 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18157 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18158 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18159 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18160 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18161 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18162 is modified to remove the default indication.
18164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18166 ;;;***
18168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18169 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18171 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18172 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18173 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18174 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18175 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18176 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18177 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18178 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18179 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18181 \(fn)" t nil)
18183 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18184 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18185 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18186 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18187 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18188 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18189 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18190 The return value is always nil.
18192 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18194 ;;;***
18196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 53104 431149
18197 ;;;;;; 0))
18198 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18199 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18201 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18202 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18204 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18205 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18206 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18207 next occurrence.
18209 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18210 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18211 end of the search space).
18213 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18214 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18215 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18216 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18217 should return the previous buffer to search.
18219 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18220 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18221 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18223 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18224 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18225 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18226 Isearch starts.")
18228 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18229 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18230 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18232 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18233 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18234 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18236 \(fn)" nil nil)
18238 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18239 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18240 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18241 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18242 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18243 whose names match the specified regexp.
18245 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18247 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18248 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18249 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18250 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18251 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18252 whose names match the specified regexp.
18254 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18256 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18257 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18258 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18259 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18260 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18261 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18262 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18264 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18266 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18267 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18268 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18269 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18270 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18271 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18272 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18274 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18276 ;;;***
18278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18279 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18281 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18283 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18284 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18286 \(fn)" t nil)
18288 ;;;***
18290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 53104
18291 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18294 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18295 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18297 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18299 ;;;***
18301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 53104
18302 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18305 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18306 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18308 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18310 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18311 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18312 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18313 the entire message.
18314 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18316 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18318 ;;;***
18320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 53104
18321 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18324 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18325 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18326 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18327 the entire message.
18328 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18330 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18332 ;;;***
18334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 53104 431149
18335 ;;;;;; 0))
18336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18338 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18339 Insert file contents of URL.
18340 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18342 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18344 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18345 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18347 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18349 ;;;***
18351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 53104 431149
18352 ;;;;;; 0))
18353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18355 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18356 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18357 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18358 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18359 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18361 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18363 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18364 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18365 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18367 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18369 ;;;***
18371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18372 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18374 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18375 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18377 \(fn)" nil nil)
18379 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18380 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18381 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18382 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18383 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18385 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18386 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18387 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18388 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18389 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18390 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18392 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18394 ;;;***
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 53104 431149
18397 ;;;;;; 0))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18400 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18403 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18405 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18408 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18410 ;;;***
18412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 53104 431149
18413 ;;;;;; 0))
18414 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18416 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18419 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18421 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18424 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18426 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18429 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18431 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18434 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18436 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18439 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18441 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18444 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18446 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18449 \(fn)" nil nil)
18451 ;;;***
18453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 53104
18454 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18455 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18457 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18459 ;;;***
18461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 53104
18462 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18465 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18467 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18468 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18469 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18470 followed by the first character of the construct.
18471 \\<m2-mode-map>
18472 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18473 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18474 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18475 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18476 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18477 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18478 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18479 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18480 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18481 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18482 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18483 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18484 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18485 \\[m2-link] link
18487 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18488 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18489 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18491 \(fn)" t nil)
18493 ;;;***
18495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 53104 431149
18496 ;;;;;; 0))
18497 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18499 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18500 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18502 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18504 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18505 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18507 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18509 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18510 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18512 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18514 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18515 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18517 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18519 ;;;***
18521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 53104 431149
18522 ;;;;;; 0))
18523 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18525 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18526 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18528 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18529 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18530 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18532 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18533 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18534 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18536 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18537 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18539 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18540 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18541 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18542 hemisphere you're in.)
18544 To test this function, evaluate:
18545 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18547 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18549 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18550 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18552 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18553 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18555 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18556 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18557 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18559 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18560 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18562 To test this function, evaluate:
18563 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18565 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18567 ;;;***
18569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21313 59928 109370 0))
18570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18572 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18573 Main entry point for MPC.
18575 \(fn)" t nil)
18577 ;;;***
18579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18582 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18583 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18585 \(fn)" t nil)
18587 ;;;***
18589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18590 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18592 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18593 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18594 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18597 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18599 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18601 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18602 Toggle Msb mode.
18603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18604 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18605 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18607 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18608 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18612 ;;;***
18614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18615 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18616 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18618 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18619 Display a list of all character sets.
18621 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18622 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18623 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18624 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18625 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18627 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18628 but still shows the full information.
18630 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18632 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18633 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18634 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18636 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18637 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18638 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18639 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18640 meanings of these arguments.
18642 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18644 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18645 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18647 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18649 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18650 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18652 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18654 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18655 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18657 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18659 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18660 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18662 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18663 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18664 in place of `..':
18665 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18666 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18667 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18668 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18669 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18670 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18671 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18672 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18673 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18674 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18675 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18676 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18677 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18678 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18679 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18680 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18682 \(fn)" t nil)
18684 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18685 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18687 \(fn)" t nil)
18689 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18690 Display a list of all coding systems.
18691 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18693 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18694 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18696 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18698 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18699 Display a list of all coding categories.
18701 \(fn)" nil nil)
18703 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18705 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18707 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18709 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18710 Display information about FONTSET.
18711 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18713 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18715 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18716 Display a list of all fontsets.
18717 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18718 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18719 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18721 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18723 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18724 Display information about all input methods.
18726 \(fn)" t nil)
18728 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18731 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18732 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18733 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18734 system which uses fontsets).
18736 \(fn)" t nil)
18738 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18739 Show log of font listing and opening.
18740 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18741 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18743 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18745 ;;;***
18747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18748 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18749 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18751 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18752 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18754 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18755 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18757 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18758 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18760 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18762 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18763 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18764 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18765 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18766 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18767 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18768 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18770 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18771 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18772 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18773 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18774 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18775 middle of a character in STR.
18777 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18778 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18780 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18781 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18782 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18783 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18784 defaults to \"...\".
18786 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18788 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18789 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18791 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18792 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18793 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18795 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18796 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18797 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18799 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18800 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18801 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18802 are considered.
18803 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18804 longer than KEYSEQ.
18805 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18807 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18809 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18810 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18811 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18812 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18813 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18814 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18815 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18816 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18817 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18818 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18819 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18821 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18823 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18824 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18826 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18828 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18829 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18831 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18833 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18834 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18836 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18838 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18839 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18841 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18843 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18844 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18845 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18846 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18847 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18849 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18850 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18852 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18853 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18854 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18855 coding systems ordered by priority.
18857 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18859 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18861 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18862 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18863 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18864 language environment LANG-ENV.
18866 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18868 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18869 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18870 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18871 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18872 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18873 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18875 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18877 ;;;***
18879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 53104
18880 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18881 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18883 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18884 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18886 \(fn)" t nil)
18888 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18889 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18891 \(fn)" t nil)
18893 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18894 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18896 \(fn)" t nil)
18898 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18899 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18901 \(fn)" t nil)
18903 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18904 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18906 \(fn)" t nil)
18908 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18909 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18911 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18913 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18914 Ping HOST.
18915 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18916 `ping-program-options'.
18918 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18920 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18921 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18923 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18925 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18926 Run nslookup program.
18928 \(fn)" t nil)
18930 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18931 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18933 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18935 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18936 Run dig program.
18938 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18940 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18941 Run ftp program.
18943 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18945 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18946 Finger USER on HOST.
18948 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18950 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18951 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18952 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18953 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18955 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18957 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18960 \(fn)" t nil)
18962 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18963 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18965 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18967 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18968 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18970 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18972 ;;;***
18974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 53104 431149
18975 ;;;;;; 0))
18976 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18978 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18979 Return a user name/password pair.
18980 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18981 listed in the PORTS list.
18983 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18985 ;;;***
18987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18988 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18989 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18991 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18992 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18993 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18994 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18995 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18996 closes it.
18998 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18999 make it unique.
19000 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19001 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19002 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19003 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19004 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19005 a port number to connect to.
19007 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19008 values:
19010 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19011 nil or `network'
19012 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19013 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19014 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19015 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19016 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19017 an unencrypted connection.
19018 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19019 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19020 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19021 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19022 returned object is a killed process.
19023 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19024 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19025 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19027 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19028 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19029 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19030 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19031 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19032 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19033 or nil if none could be found.
19034 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19035 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19037 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19039 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19040 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19041 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19043 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19044 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19045 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19047 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19048 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19049 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19051 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19052 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19053 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19054 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19056 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19057 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19059 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19060 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19061 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19062 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19063 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19064 or STARTTLS connections.
19066 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19067 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19069 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19070 a greeting from the server.
19072 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19073 asynchronously, if possible.
19075 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19077 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19079 ;;;***
19081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
19082 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19083 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19085 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19086 Check whether newsticker is running.
19087 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19088 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19090 \(fn)" nil nil)
19092 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19093 Start the newsticker.
19094 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19095 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19096 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19097 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19099 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19101 ;;;***
19103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19104 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
19105 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19107 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19108 Start newsticker plainview.
19110 \(fn)" t nil)
19112 ;;;***
19114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19115 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19116 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19118 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19119 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19121 \(fn)" t nil)
19123 ;;;***
19125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19126 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19127 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19129 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19130 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19131 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19132 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19133 empty.
19135 \(fn)" nil nil)
19137 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19138 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19139 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19140 running already.
19142 \(fn)" t nil)
19144 ;;;***
19146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19147 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19150 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19151 Start newsticker treeview.
19153 \(fn)" t nil)
19155 ;;;***
19157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 53104
19158 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19160 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19162 ;;;***
19164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 53104 431149
19165 ;;;;;; 0))
19166 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19168 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19169 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19171 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19173 ;;;***
19175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 53104 431149
19176 ;;;;;; 0))
19177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19179 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19180 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19181 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19182 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19183 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19184 symbol in the alist.
19186 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19188 ;;;***
19190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 53104
19191 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19194 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19195 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19196 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19198 \(fn)" t nil)
19200 ;;;***
19202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19205 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19206 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19208 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19210 ;;;***
19212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19213 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19215 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19217 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19218 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19219 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19221 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19224 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19226 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19227 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19228 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19229 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19230 to future sessions.
19232 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19234 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19235 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19236 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19237 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19238 future sessions.
19240 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19242 ;;;***
19244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19245 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19248 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19249 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19250 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19251 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19252 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19253 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19255 \(fn)" t nil)
19257 ;;;***
19259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19260 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19261 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19263 ;;;***
19265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21291 57968
19266 ;;;;;; 313602 751000))
19267 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19269 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19270 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19271 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19272 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19274 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19276 ;;;***
19278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21291 57968
19279 ;;;;;; 313602 751000))
19280 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19282 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19283 Major mode for editing XML.
19285 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19286 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19287 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19288 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19289 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19290 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19291 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19293 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19295 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19296 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19298 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19299 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19300 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19301 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19302 instead of C-c.
19304 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19305 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19306 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19307 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19308 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19309 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19311 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19312 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19313 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19315 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19316 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19317 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19319 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19320 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19321 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19322 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19323 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19324 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19325 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19326 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19327 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19329 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19331 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19332 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19334 \(fn)" t nil)
19336 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19338 ;;;***
19340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21291 57968
19341 ;;;;;; 313602 751000))
19342 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19344 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19345 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19346 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19347 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19349 \(fn)" t nil)
19351 ;;;***
19353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21321 34341
19354 ;;;;;; 175457 0))
19355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19357 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19358 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19360 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19361 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19362 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19363 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19365 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19367 Key bindings:
19368 \\{octave-mode-map}
19370 \(fn)" t nil)
19372 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19373 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19374 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19376 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19378 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19379 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19381 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19382 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19383 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19387 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19389 ;;;***
19391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 53104
19392 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19395 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19397 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19398 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19399 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19400 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19401 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19403 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19405 Customization:
19407 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19408 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19409 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19410 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19411 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19412 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19413 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19414 Directories to search when finding external units.
19415 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19416 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19418 Coloring:
19420 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19421 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19423 \(fn)" t nil)
19425 ;;;***
19427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19428 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19430 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19431 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19433 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19435 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19436 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19437 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19438 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19439 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19440 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19442 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19444 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19445 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19446 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19447 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19448 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19450 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19452 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19453 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19455 \(fn)" nil nil)
19457 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19458 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19460 \(fn)" nil nil)
19462 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19463 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19464 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19466 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19467 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19468 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19469 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19470 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19471 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19472 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19473 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19474 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19475 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19477 The following commands are available:
19479 \\{org-mode-map}
19481 \(fn)" t nil)
19483 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19484 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19486 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19487 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19488 in special contexts.
19490 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19491 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19492 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19493 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19494 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19495 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19496 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19497 properties in the buffer.
19498 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19499 including any drawers.
19501 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19503 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19504 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19505 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19506 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19507 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19508 and zoom in further.
19509 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19510 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19512 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19513 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19514 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19515 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19516 times right after creating a new headline.
19518 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19519 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19520 is negative, go up that many levels.
19522 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19523 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19524 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19526 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19527 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19528 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19529 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19533 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19534 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19535 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19536 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19539 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19541 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19542 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19543 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19544 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19545 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19546 defined by Org-mode).
19548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19550 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19551 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19553 \(fn)" nil nil)
19555 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19556 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19558 \(fn)" nil nil)
19560 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19561 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19562 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19563 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19564 call CMD.
19566 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19568 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19569 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19570 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19571 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19573 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19574 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19575 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19577 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19578 part of Org's core.
19580 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19581 active region.
19583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19585 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19586 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19587 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19589 \(fn)" t nil)
19591 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19592 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19593 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19594 Org-mode syntax.
19596 \(fn)" t nil)
19598 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19599 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19601 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19603 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19604 Switch between Org buffers.
19605 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19606 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19608 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19609 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19613 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19615 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19617 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19618 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19619 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19620 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19622 \(fn)" t nil)
19624 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19625 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19627 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19629 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19630 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19631 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19633 \(fn)" t nil)
19635 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19636 Reload all org lisp files.
19637 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19639 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19641 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19642 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19644 \(fn)" t nil)
19646 ;;;***
19648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21291 53104
19649 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19650 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19652 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19653 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19657 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19658 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19659 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19660 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19662 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19663 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19664 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19665 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19666 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19667 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19668 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19669 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19670 e Export views to associated files.
19671 s Search entries for keywords.
19672 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19673 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19674 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19675 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19676 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19677 > Remove a previous restriction.
19678 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19679 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19680 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19682 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19683 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19684 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19686 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19687 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19688 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19689 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19690 \(if active).
19692 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19694 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19695 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19696 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19697 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19698 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19699 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19700 before running the agenda command.
19702 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19704 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19705 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19706 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19707 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19708 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19709 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19710 before running the agenda command.
19712 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19713 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19715 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19717 category The category of the item
19718 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19719 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19720 todo selected in TODO match
19721 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19722 diary imported from diary
19723 deadline a deadline on given date
19724 scheduled scheduled on given date
19725 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19726 closed entry was closed on given date
19727 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19728 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19729 block entry has date block including g. date
19730 todo The todo keyword, if any
19731 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19732 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19733 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19734 extra Sting with extra planning info
19735 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19736 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19737 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19739 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19741 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19742 Store agenda views.
19744 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19746 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19747 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19749 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19751 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19752 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19753 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19754 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19756 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19757 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19758 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19760 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19761 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19763 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19764 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19766 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19768 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19769 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19771 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19772 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19773 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19774 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19775 EDIT-AT.
19777 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19778 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19779 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19780 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19781 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19782 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19784 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19785 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19786 including newlines.
19788 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19789 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19790 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19791 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19792 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19793 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19794 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19796 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19797 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19798 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19799 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19801 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19802 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19803 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19804 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19805 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19806 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19807 Boolean search must match as full words.
19809 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19810 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19812 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19814 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19815 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19816 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19817 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19818 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19819 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19823 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19824 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19825 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19827 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19829 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19830 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19831 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19832 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19833 `org-stuck-projects'.
19835 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19837 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19838 Return diary information from org files.
19839 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19840 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19841 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19842 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19843 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19845 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19847 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19849 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19850 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19852 &%%(org-diary)
19854 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19855 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19856 So the example above may also be written as
19858 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19860 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19861 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19862 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19864 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19866 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19867 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19869 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19871 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19872 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19873 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19874 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19875 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19877 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19879 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19880 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19881 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19883 \(fn)" t nil)
19885 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19886 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19887 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19888 appointments.
19890 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19891 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19893 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19894 for filtering entries out.
19896 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19897 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19898 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19900 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19901 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19903 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19904 (category \"Work\"))
19906 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19907 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19909 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19910 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19911 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19912 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19913 details and examples.
19915 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19916 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19918 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19920 ;;;***
19922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21291 53104
19923 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19924 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19926 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19927 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19929 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19931 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19932 Capture something.
19933 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19934 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19935 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19936 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19937 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19938 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19940 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19941 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19942 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19943 stored.
19945 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19947 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19948 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19949 will be bypassed.
19951 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19952 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19953 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19954 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19956 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19958 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19959 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19961 \(fn)" t nil)
19963 ;;;***
19965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21291 53104
19966 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19967 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19969 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19970 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19972 \(fn)" t nil)
19974 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19977 \(fn)" nil nil)
19979 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19980 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19981 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19983 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19985 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19986 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19988 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19990 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19991 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19993 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19995 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19996 Write the column view table.
19997 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19999 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20000 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20001 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20002 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20003 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20004 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20005 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20006 using `org-id-find'.
20007 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20008 a hline before each level <= that number.
20009 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20010 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20011 :skip-empty-rows
20012 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20013 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20015 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20017 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20018 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20020 \(fn)" t nil)
20022 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20023 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20027 ;;;***
20029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21291 53104
20030 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20031 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20033 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20034 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20036 \(fn)" nil t)
20038 ;;;***
20040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21291 53104 431149
20041 ;;;;;; 0))
20042 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20044 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20045 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20047 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20049 ;;;***
20051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21291 53104
20052 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20053 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20055 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20056 The release version of org-mode.
20057 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20059 \(fn)" nil nil)
20061 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20062 The Git version of org-mode.
20063 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20065 \(fn)" nil nil)
20067 ;;;***
20069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 53104 431149
20070 ;;;;;; 0))
20071 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20072 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20073 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20075 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20076 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20077 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20078 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20080 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20081 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20082 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20083 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20085 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20086 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20087 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20088 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20089 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20090 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20092 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20093 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20094 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20096 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20097 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20098 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20099 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20100 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20101 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20102 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20103 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20104 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20105 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20106 The subheadings remain visible.
20107 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20109 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20110 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20111 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20113 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20114 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20116 \(fn)" t nil)
20118 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20119 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20120 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20121 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20122 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20124 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20127 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20129 ;;;***
20131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21303 2348
20132 ;;;;;; 989568 0))
20133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20134 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20136 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20137 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20138 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20139 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20140 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20142 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20143 activate the package system at any time.")
20145 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20147 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20148 Install the package PKG.
20149 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20150 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20152 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20154 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20155 Install a package from the current buffer.
20156 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20157 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20158 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20160 \(fn)" t nil)
20162 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20163 Install a package from a file.
20164 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20166 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20168 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20169 Import keys from FILE.
20171 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20173 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20174 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20175 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20176 makes them available for download.
20178 \(fn)" t nil)
20180 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20181 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20182 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20183 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20185 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20187 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20188 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20190 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20192 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20193 Display a list of packages.
20194 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20195 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20196 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20198 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20200 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20202 ;;;***
20204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20205 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20207 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20208 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20209 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20211 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20212 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20214 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20216 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20217 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20218 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20219 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20220 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20222 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20223 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20224 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20228 ;;;***
20230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20231 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
20232 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20233 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20235 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20236 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20237 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20238 unknown are returned as nil.
20240 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20242 ;;;***
20244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21319 19378
20245 ;;;;;; 69506 0))
20246 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20248 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20249 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20250 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20252 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20253 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20255 Other useful functions are:
20257 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20258 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20259 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20260 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20261 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20262 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20263 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20264 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20265 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20267 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20269 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20270 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20271 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20272 Indentation for case statements.
20273 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20274 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20275 mark after an end.
20276 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20277 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20278 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20279 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20280 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20281 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20282 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20283 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20284 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20285 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20287 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20288 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20290 \(fn)" t nil)
20292 ;;;***
20294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20295 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
20296 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20298 (defvar password-cache t "\
20299 Whether to cache passwords.")
20301 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20303 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20304 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20305 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20307 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20309 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20310 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20312 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20314 ;;;***
20316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 53104
20317 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20320 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20321 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20322 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20324 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20325 _ matches anything.
20326 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20327 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20328 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20329 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20330 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20331 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20332 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20333 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20334 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20335 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20337 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20338 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20339 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20340 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20341 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20342 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20344 PRED can take the form
20345 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20346 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20347 which is the value being matched.
20348 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20349 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20350 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20351 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20352 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20354 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20356 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20358 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20359 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20360 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20361 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20363 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20365 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20367 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20368 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20369 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20370 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20372 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20374 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20376 ;;;***
20378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 53104 431149
20379 ;;;;;; 0))
20380 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20382 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20383 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20385 \(fn)" nil nil)
20387 ;;;***
20389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 53104 431149
20390 ;;;;;; 0))
20391 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20393 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20394 Completion for `gzip'.
20396 \(fn)" nil nil)
20398 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20399 Completion for `bzip2'.
20401 \(fn)" nil nil)
20403 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20404 Completion for GNU `make'.
20406 \(fn)" nil nil)
20408 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20409 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20411 \(fn)" nil nil)
20413 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20415 ;;;***
20417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 53104
20418 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20419 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20421 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20422 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20424 \(fn)" nil nil)
20426 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20427 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20429 \(fn)" nil nil)
20431 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20432 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20434 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436 ;;;***
20438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 53104 431149
20439 ;;;;;; 0))
20440 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20442 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20443 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20445 \(fn)" nil nil)
20447 ;;;***
20449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 53104 431149
20450 ;;;;;; 0))
20451 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20453 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20454 Completion for `cd'.
20456 \(fn)" nil nil)
20458 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20460 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20461 Completion for `rmdir'.
20463 \(fn)" nil nil)
20465 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20466 Completion for `rm'.
20468 \(fn)" nil nil)
20470 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20471 Completion for `xargs'.
20473 \(fn)" nil nil)
20475 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20477 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20478 Completion for `which'.
20480 \(fn)" nil nil)
20482 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20483 Completion for the `chown' command.
20485 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20488 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20490 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20493 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20495 \(fn)" nil nil)
20497 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20498 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20499 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20501 \(fn)" nil nil)
20503 ;;;***
20505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 53104 431149
20506 ;;;;;; 0))
20507 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20509 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20510 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20512 \(fn)" nil nil)
20514 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20515 Completion for the `ack' command.
20516 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20517 long options.
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20521 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20523 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20524 Completion for the `ag' command.
20526 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528 ;;;***
20530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 53104 431149
20531 ;;;;;; 0))
20532 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20534 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20535 Support extensible programmable completion.
20536 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20537 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20539 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20542 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20544 \(fn)" t nil)
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20547 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20548 This will modify the current buffer.
20550 \(fn)" t nil)
20552 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20553 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20555 \(fn)" t nil)
20557 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20558 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20559 This will modify the current buffer.
20561 \(fn)" t nil)
20563 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20564 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20566 \(fn)" t nil)
20568 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20569 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20571 \(fn)" t nil)
20573 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20574 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20575 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20576 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20577 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20579 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20581 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20582 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20584 \(fn)" nil nil)
20586 ;;;***
20588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20589 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20591 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20592 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20593 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20594 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20596 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20598 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20600 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20601 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20602 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20603 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20604 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20605 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20606 FLAGS is ignored.
20608 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20610 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20611 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20612 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20613 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20614 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20615 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20616 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20617 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20619 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20621 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20622 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20623 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20624 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20625 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20626 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20627 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20628 passed to cvs.
20630 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20632 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20633 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20634 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20635 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20636 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20637 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20638 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20640 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20642 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20643 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20644 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20646 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20648 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20649 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20650 A value of nil means never do it.
20651 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20652 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20653 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20655 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20657 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20658 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20659 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20661 ;;;***
20663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 53104
20664 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20665 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20667 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20668 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20670 ;;;***
20672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21308
20673 ;;;;;; 51146 390959 0))
20674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20675 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20676 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20677 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20678 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20679 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20680 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20682 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20683 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20684 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20685 Tab indents for Perl code.
20686 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20687 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20688 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20689 \\{perl-mode-map}
20690 Variables controlling indentation style:
20691 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20692 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20693 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20694 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20695 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20696 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20697 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20698 `perl-nochange'
20699 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20700 `perl-indent-level'
20701 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20702 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20703 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20704 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20705 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20706 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20707 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20708 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20709 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20710 `perl-brace-offset'
20711 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20712 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20713 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20714 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20715 `perl-label-offset'
20716 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20717 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20718 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20720 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20721 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20722 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20723 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20724 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20725 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20726 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20728 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20730 \(fn)" t nil)
20732 ;;;***
20734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21291 53104
20735 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20736 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20738 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20739 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20740 \\<picture-mode-map>
20741 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20742 afterwards settable by these commands:
20744 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20745 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20746 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20747 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20749 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20750 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20751 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20752 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20754 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20755 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20756 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20757 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20759 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20760 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20761 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20762 with these commands:
20764 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20765 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20766 Move to column following last
20767 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20768 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20769 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20770 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20771 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20772 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20774 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20776 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20777 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20778 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20779 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20780 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20781 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20783 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20784 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20785 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20786 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20787 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20788 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20789 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20791 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20792 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20793 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20794 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20795 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20796 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20797 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20798 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20800 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20801 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20802 by supplying an argument.
20804 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20806 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20807 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20809 \(fn)" t nil)
20811 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20813 ;;;***
20815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 53104 431149
20816 ;;;;;; 0))
20817 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20819 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20820 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20822 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20824 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20825 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20827 \(fn)" t nil)
20829 ;;;***
20831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 53104 431149
20832 ;;;;;; 0))
20833 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20835 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20836 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20837 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20839 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20841 ;;;***
20843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20844 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20846 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20847 Play pong and waste time.
20848 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20849 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20851 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20853 \\{pong-mode-map}
20855 \(fn)" t nil)
20857 ;;;***
20859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20862 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20863 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20864 Use streaming commands.
20866 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20868 ;;;***
20870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21291 53104 431149
20871 ;;;;;; 0))
20872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20874 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20875 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20876 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20877 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20879 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20881 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20882 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20884 \(fn)" nil nil)
20886 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20887 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20888 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20889 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20890 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20892 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20894 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20895 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20896 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20898 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20900 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20901 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20903 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20905 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20906 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20907 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20908 Ignores leading comment characters.
20910 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20912 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20913 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20914 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20915 Ignores leading comment characters.
20917 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20919 ;;;***
20921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21291 53104 431149
20922 ;;;;;; 0))
20923 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20924 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20926 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20927 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20929 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20931 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20933 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20935 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20936 Preview directory using ghostview.
20938 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20939 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20940 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20941 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20943 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20944 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20945 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20946 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20947 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20948 file name.
20950 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20952 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20954 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20955 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20957 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20958 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20959 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20960 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20962 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20963 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20964 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20965 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20966 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20967 file name.
20969 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20971 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20973 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20974 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20976 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20977 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20978 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20979 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20981 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20982 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20983 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20984 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20985 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20986 file name.
20988 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20990 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20992 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20993 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20995 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20997 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20998 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20999 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21000 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21002 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21003 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21004 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21005 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21006 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21007 file name.
21009 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21011 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21013 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21014 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21016 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21017 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21018 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21021 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21022 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21023 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21025 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21027 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21028 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21030 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21031 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21032 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21034 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21035 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21036 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21037 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21039 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21041 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21042 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21044 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21045 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21046 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21048 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21049 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21050 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21051 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21053 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21055 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21056 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21058 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21060 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21061 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21062 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21064 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21065 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21066 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21067 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21069 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21071 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21072 Preview region using ghostview.
21074 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21076 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21078 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21079 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21081 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21083 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21085 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21086 Print region using PostScript printer.
21088 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21090 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21092 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21093 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21095 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21097 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21099 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21100 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21102 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21104 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21106 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21107 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21109 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21111 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21113 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21114 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21116 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21118 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21120 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21121 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21123 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21125 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21127 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21128 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21129 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21130 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21132 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21133 matching.
21135 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21136 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21138 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21140 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21142 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21143 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21144 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21145 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21147 \(fn)" t nil)
21149 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21150 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21151 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21152 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21154 \(fn)" t nil)
21156 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21157 Print directory using text printer.
21159 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21160 matching.
21162 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21163 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21165 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21167 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21169 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21170 Print buffer using text printer.
21172 \(fn)" t nil)
21174 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21175 Print region using text printer.
21177 \(fn)" t nil)
21179 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21180 Print major mode using text printer.
21182 \(fn)" t nil)
21184 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21185 Preview spooled PostScript.
21187 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21188 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21189 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21191 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21192 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21193 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21195 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21197 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21198 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21200 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21201 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21202 instead of sending it to the printer.
21204 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21205 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21206 image in a file with that name.
21208 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21210 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21211 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21213 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21214 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21215 instead of sending it to the printer.
21217 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21218 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21219 image in a file with that name.
21221 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21223 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21224 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21226 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21227 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21228 instead of sending it to the printer.
21230 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21231 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21232 image in a file with that name.
21234 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21237 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21239 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21241 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21242 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21244 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21246 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21247 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21249 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21251 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21252 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21254 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21256 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21257 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21259 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21261 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21262 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21264 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21265 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21266 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21267 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21269 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21270 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21271 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21272 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21273 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21274 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21275 file name.
21277 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21280 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21282 \(fn)" t nil)
21284 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21285 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21287 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21288 right.
21289 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21290 bottom.
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21294 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21295 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21299 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21300 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21304 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21305 Toggle printing with faces.
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21309 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21310 Toggle spooling.
21312 \(fn)" t nil)
21314 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21315 Toggle duplex.
21317 \(fn)" t nil)
21319 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21320 Toggle tumble.
21322 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21323 right.
21324 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21325 bottom.
21327 \(fn)" t nil)
21329 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21330 Toggle landscape.
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21334 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21335 Toggle upside-down.
21337 \(fn)" t nil)
21339 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21340 Toggle line number.
21342 \(fn)" t nil)
21344 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21345 Toggle zebra stripes.
21347 \(fn)" t nil)
21349 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21350 Toggle printing header.
21352 \(fn)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21355 Toggle printing header frame.
21357 \(fn)" t nil)
21359 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21360 Toggle menu lock.
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21364 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21365 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21367 \(fn)" t nil)
21369 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21370 Toggle auto mode.
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21374 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21375 Customization of the `printing' group.
21377 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21379 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21380 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21382 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21385 Help for the printing package.
21387 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21390 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21392 \(fn)" t nil)
21394 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21395 Interactively select a text printer.
21397 \(fn)" t nil)
21399 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21400 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21402 \(fn)" t nil)
21404 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21405 Show current ps-print settings.
21407 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21409 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21410 Show current printing settings.
21412 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21414 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21415 Show current lpr settings.
21417 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21419 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21420 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21422 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21423 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21424 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21425 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21428 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21430 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21431 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21432 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21434 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21435 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21436 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21437 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21438 current active printer.
21440 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21441 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21442 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21443 printer.
21445 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21446 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21447 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21448 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21449 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21452 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21453 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21455 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21457 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21458 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21459 be done using the new current active printer.
21461 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21462 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21463 printer.
21465 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21466 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21467 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21468 instead of sending it to the printer.
21470 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21471 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21472 printer.
21474 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21477 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21478 are both set to t.
21480 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21482 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21483 Fast fire function for text printing.
21485 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21486 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21487 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21488 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21490 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21491 user for a new active text printer.
21493 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21495 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21497 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21498 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21499 printer.
21501 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21503 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21504 are both set to t.
21506 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21508 ;;;***
21510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21511 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21513 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21514 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21515 \\<proced-mode-map>
21516 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21517 the process information.
21519 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21521 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21522 Proced buffers.
21524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21526 ;;;***
21528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 53104 431149
21529 ;;;;;; 0))
21530 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21532 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21533 Start/restart profilers.
21534 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21535 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21536 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21538 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21540 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21541 Open profile FILENAME.
21543 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21545 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21546 Open profile FILENAME.
21548 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21550 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21551 Open profile FILENAME.
21553 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21555 ;;;***
21557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21291 53104
21558 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
21559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21561 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21562 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21564 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21565 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21567 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21569 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21570 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21572 Commands:
21573 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21575 \(fn)" t nil)
21577 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21578 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21579 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21581 \(fn)" t nil)
21583 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21584 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21585 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21589 ;;;***
21591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21592 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21594 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21595 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21596 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21598 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21600 ;;;***
21602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 53104
21603 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
21604 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21605 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21607 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21608 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21610 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21612 The following variables hold user options, and can
21613 be set through the `customize' command:
21615 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21616 `ps-mode-tab'
21617 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21618 `ps-mode-print-function'
21619 `ps-run-prompt'
21620 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21621 `ps-run-x'
21622 `ps-run-dumb'
21623 `ps-run-init'
21624 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21625 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21627 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21630 \\{ps-mode-map}
21633 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21634 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21635 The keymap for this second window is:
21637 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21640 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21641 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21642 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21643 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21644 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21646 \(fn)" t nil)
21648 ;;;***
21650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21291 53104 431149
21651 ;;;;;; 0))
21652 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21653 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21655 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21656 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21657 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21659 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21661 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21662 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21663 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21664 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21666 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21668 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21669 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21671 Valid values are:
21673 nil Do not print colors.
21675 t Print colors.
21677 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21678 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21680 Any other value is treated as t.")
21682 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21684 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21685 Customization of ps-print group.
21687 \(fn)" t nil)
21689 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21690 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21692 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21693 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21694 sending it to the printer.
21696 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21697 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21698 image in a file with that name.
21700 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21702 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21703 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21704 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21705 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21706 so it has a way to determine color values.
21708 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21710 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21711 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21712 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21714 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21716 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21717 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21718 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21719 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21720 so it has a way to determine color values.
21722 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21725 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21726 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21727 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21729 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21731 \(fn)" t nil)
21733 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21734 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21735 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21736 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21737 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21739 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21741 \(fn)" t nil)
21743 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21744 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21745 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21747 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21749 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21751 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21752 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21753 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21754 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21755 so it has a way to determine color values.
21757 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21759 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21761 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21762 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21764 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21765 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21766 instead of sending it to the printer.
21768 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21769 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21770 image in a file with that name.
21772 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21774 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21775 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21776 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21777 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21778 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21780 \(fn)" t nil)
21782 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21783 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21784 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21786 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21788 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21789 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21790 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21792 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21794 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21795 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21797 \(fn)" nil nil)
21799 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21800 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21802 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21803 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21805 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21806 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21808 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21810 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21812 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21814 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21815 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21817 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21818 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21820 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21821 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21823 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21825 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21827 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21829 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21830 foreground and background colors respectively.
21832 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21833 bold - use bold font.
21834 italic - use italic font.
21835 underline - put a line under text.
21836 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21837 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21838 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21839 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21840 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21842 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21844 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21846 ;;;***
21848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 53104 431149
21849 ;;;;;; 0))
21850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21851 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21853 ;;;***
21855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21313 59928
21856 ;;;;;; 109370 0))
21857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21858 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21860 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21862 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21864 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21865 Run an inferior Python process.
21866 Input and output via buffer named after
21867 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21868 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21870 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21871 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21872 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21873 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21875 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21876 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21877 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21879 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21881 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21882 Major mode for editing Python files.
21884 \\{python-mode-map}
21886 \(fn)" t nil)
21888 ;;;***
21890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21891 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21893 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21894 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21895 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21896 coding-system.
21898 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21899 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21901 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21902 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21903 them into characters should be done separately.
21905 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21907 ;;;***
21909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 53104
21910 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
21911 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21913 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21914 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21916 \(fn)" nil nil)
21918 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21919 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21920 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21922 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21923 `quail-activate', which see.
21925 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21927 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21928 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21929 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21930 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21931 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21932 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21933 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21935 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21936 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21937 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21938 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21939 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21940 shown.
21941 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21943 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21944 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21945 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21946 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21947 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21948 list of candidates.
21950 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21951 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21952 command to be called.
21954 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21955 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21956 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21957 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21959 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21960 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21961 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21962 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21963 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21964 to t.
21966 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21967 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21968 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21969 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21971 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21972 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21973 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21974 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21975 defines no translations for single character keys.
21977 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21978 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21979 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21980 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21981 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21982 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21984 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21985 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21986 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21987 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21988 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21989 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21991 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21992 covers Quail translation region.
21994 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21995 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21996 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21997 for it) is inserted.
21999 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22000 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22001 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22003 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22004 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22005 non-Quail commands.
22007 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22009 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22010 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22012 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22013 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22014 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22015 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22016 you type is correctly handled.
22018 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22020 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22021 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22023 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22024 keyboard type.
22026 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22028 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22029 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22030 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22031 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22032 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22033 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22034 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22035 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22036 for the translation.
22037 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22039 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22040 it is used to handle KEY.
22042 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22043 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22044 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22045 the following annotation types are supported.
22047 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22048 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22050 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22051 candidate list.
22053 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22054 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22055 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22056 inserted.
22058 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22059 generated for the following translations.
22061 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22063 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22064 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22066 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22067 which to install MAP.
22069 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22071 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22073 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22074 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22076 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22077 which to install MAP.
22079 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22081 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22083 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22084 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22085 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22086 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22087 a function, or a cons.
22088 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22089 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22090 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22091 for the translation.
22092 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22093 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22094 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22095 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22096 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22098 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22099 it is used to handle KEY.
22101 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22102 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22103 current Quail package.
22105 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22106 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22108 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22110 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22111 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22113 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22114 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22116 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22118 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22119 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22121 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22123 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22124 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22125 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22126 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22127 of the Emacs source tree.
22129 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22130 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22132 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22133 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22134 of each directory.
22136 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22138 ;;;***
22140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22141 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22142 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22144 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22145 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22146 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22147 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22149 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22151 ;;;***
22153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22154 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22155 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22157 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22158 Activate UCS input method.
22159 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22161 While this input method is active, the variable
22162 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22164 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22166 ;;;***
22168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 53104 431149
22169 ;;;;;; 0))
22170 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22172 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22173 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22174 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22175 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22177 To make use of this do something like:
22179 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22181 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22183 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22184 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22186 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22187 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22188 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22190 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22192 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22193 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22195 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22197 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22198 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22200 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22201 is decided.
22203 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22205 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22206 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22208 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22209 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22210 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22212 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22214 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22215 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22217 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22219 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22220 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22222 \(fn)" t nil)
22224 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22225 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22227 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22229 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22231 \(fn)" t nil)
22233 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22234 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22236 \(fn)" t nil)
22238 ;;;***
22240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 53104 431149
22241 ;;;;;; 0))
22242 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22244 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22245 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22247 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22249 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22251 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22253 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22255 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22258 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22260 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22261 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22262 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22265 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22267 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22269 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22270 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22272 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22273 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22277 ;;;***
22279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22280 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22283 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22285 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22286 Construct a regexp interactively.
22287 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22288 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22289 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22291 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22292 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22294 \(fn)" t nil)
22296 ;;;***
22298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 53104 431149
22299 ;;;;;; 0))
22300 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22302 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22303 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22304 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22305 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22306 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22307 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22309 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22311 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22312 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22313 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22314 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22315 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22317 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22318 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22319 were operated on recently.
22321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22323 ;;;***
22325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22326 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22328 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22329 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22330 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22331 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22332 ends.
22334 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22335 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22336 to be deleted.
22338 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22340 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22341 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22342 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22344 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22345 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22346 deleted.
22348 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22350 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22351 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22352 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22354 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22356 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22357 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22359 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22360 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22362 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22363 deleted.
22365 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22366 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22367 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22368 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22369 even beep.)
22371 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22373 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22374 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22376 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22378 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22379 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22381 \(fn)" t nil)
22383 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22384 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22385 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22386 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22387 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22388 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22389 and point is at the lower right corner.
22391 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22393 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22394 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22396 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22397 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22399 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22400 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22401 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22403 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22405 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22407 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22408 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22409 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22410 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22411 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22413 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22414 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22416 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22418 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22419 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22420 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22422 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22424 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22426 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22428 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22429 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22431 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22432 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22433 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22435 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22437 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22438 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22439 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22441 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22442 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22443 rectangle which were empty.
22445 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22447 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22448 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22450 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22451 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22452 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22453 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22455 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22457 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22458 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22459 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22463 ;;;***
22465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 53104
22466 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22467 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22469 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22470 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22471 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22472 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22473 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22475 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22476 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22477 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22478 auto-filling.
22480 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22484 ;;;***
22486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 53104
22487 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22488 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22490 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22491 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22493 \(fn)" nil nil)
22495 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22496 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22498 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22499 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22501 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22502 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22503 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22504 \\ref macro.
22506 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22507 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22508 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22510 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22511 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22512 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22514 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22515 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22517 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22518 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22520 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22521 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22522 on the menu bar.
22524 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22528 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22529 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22530 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22532 \(fn)" nil nil)
22534 ;;;***
22536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22537 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22538 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22540 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22541 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22542 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22543 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22544 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22545 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22547 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22549 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22551 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22552 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22553 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22554 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22555 `reftex-cite-format'.
22557 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22558 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22559 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22560 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22562 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22564 ;;;***
22566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22567 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22568 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22570 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22571 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22572 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22573 the current TeX document.
22575 With no argument, this command toggles
22576 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22577 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22581 ;;;***
22583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22584 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22585 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22587 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22588 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22589 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22591 To insert new phrases, use
22592 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22593 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22595 To index phrases use one of:
22597 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22598 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22599 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22600 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22601 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22603 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22604 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22606 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22608 Here are all local bindings.
22610 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22612 \(fn)" t nil)
22614 ;;;***
22616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22617 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22620 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22621 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22622 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22623 of master file.
22625 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22627 ;;;***
22629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22630 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22631 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22632 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22633 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22634 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22635 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22637 ;;;***
22639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22640 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22643 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22644 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22645 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22646 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22647 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22648 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22650 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22651 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22653 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22654 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22655 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22656 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22658 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22660 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22661 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22662 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22663 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22665 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22667 ;;;***
22669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 53104 431149
22670 ;;;;;; 0))
22671 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22672 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22674 ;;;***
22676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 53104
22677 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22679 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22681 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22682 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22683 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22684 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22686 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22688 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22690 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22691 Call `remember' in another frame.
22693 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22695 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22696 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22697 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22699 \(fn)" t nil)
22701 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22702 Extract diary entries from the region.
22704 \(fn)" nil nil)
22706 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22707 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22708 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22709 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22711 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22713 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22714 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22715 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22716 minor mode.
22718 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22720 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22721 Return the buffer.
22723 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22724 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22725 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22727 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22729 ;;;***
22731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22732 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22733 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22735 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22736 Repeat most recently executed command.
22737 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22738 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22739 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22741 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22742 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22743 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22744 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22746 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22747 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22748 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22750 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22752 ;;;***
22754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 53104
22755 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22756 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22758 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22759 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22761 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22762 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22763 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22764 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22765 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22766 and point is left after the salutation.
22768 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22769 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22770 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22771 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22772 left after that text.
22774 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22775 is non-nil.
22777 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22778 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22779 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22780 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22782 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22784 ;;;***
22786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 53104 431149
22787 ;;;;;; 0))
22788 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22790 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22791 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22792 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22793 visibility of comments that precede it.
22794 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22795 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22796 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22797 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22798 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22799 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22800 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22801 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22802 the comment lines.
22803 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22804 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22805 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22806 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22807 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22811 ;;;***
22813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22814 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22816 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22817 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22818 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22819 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22820 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22822 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22823 reveals invisible text around point.
22825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22827 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22828 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22829 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22832 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22834 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22836 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22837 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22838 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22840 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22841 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22842 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22846 ;;;***
22848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 53104 431149
22849 ;;;;;; 0))
22850 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22852 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22853 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22855 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22857 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22858 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22860 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22862 ;;;***
22864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 53104 431149
22865 ;;;;;; 0))
22866 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22868 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22869 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22870 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22871 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22873 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22875 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22876 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22877 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22878 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22880 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22881 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22883 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22884 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22886 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22887 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22888 INPUT-ARGS.
22890 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22891 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22892 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22893 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22894 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22896 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22897 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22898 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22899 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22901 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22902 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22903 variable.
22905 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22907 ;;;***
22909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21291 53104 431149
22910 ;;;;;; 0))
22911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22913 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22914 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22916 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22918 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22920 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22921 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22922 Its name should end with a slash.")
22924 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22925 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22927 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22928 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22929 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22931 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22933 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22934 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22935 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22936 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22937 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22938 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22939 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22941 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22942 sent by you under different user names.
22943 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22945 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22947 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22949 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22951 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22952 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22953 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22954 explicitly.")
22956 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22958 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22959 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22960 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22961 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22962 which normally happens once for each message,
22963 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22964 To make a change in this variable take effect
22965 for a message that you have already viewed,
22966 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22968 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22970 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22971 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22972 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22973 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22975 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22977 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22978 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22980 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22982 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22983 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22984 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22986 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22988 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22989 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22990 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22991 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22992 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22993 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22995 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22997 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22998 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23000 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23002 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23003 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23005 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23007 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23008 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23010 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23011 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23013 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23015 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23016 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23018 This is set to nil by default.")
23020 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23021 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23022 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23023 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23024 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23025 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23026 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23028 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23029 Read and edit incoming mail.
23030 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23031 file in RMAIL Mode.
23032 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23034 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23035 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23036 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23037 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23039 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23041 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23043 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23044 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23045 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23046 Instead, these commands are available:
23048 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23049 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23050 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23051 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23052 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23053 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23054 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23055 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23056 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23057 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23058 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23059 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23060 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23061 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23062 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23063 till a deleted message is found.
23064 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23065 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23066 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23067 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23068 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23069 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23070 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23071 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23072 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23073 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23074 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23075 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23076 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23077 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23078 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23079 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23080 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23081 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23082 (label defaults to last one specified).
23083 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23084 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23085 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23086 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23087 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23088 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23089 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23090 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23091 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23093 \(fn)" t nil)
23095 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23096 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23098 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23100 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23101 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23103 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23105 ;;;***
23107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 53104
23108 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23109 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23110 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23112 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23113 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23114 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23115 case it writes Babyl.
23117 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23118 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23119 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23120 `rmail-default-file'.
23122 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23123 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23124 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23126 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23127 the header display is currently pruned.
23129 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23130 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23131 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23132 messages after output.
23134 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23135 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23136 message (if writing a file directly).
23138 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23139 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23141 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23143 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23144 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23145 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23146 i) the header is output as currently seen
23147 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23148 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23150 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23151 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23152 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23154 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23156 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23157 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23158 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23159 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23160 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23161 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23162 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23164 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23165 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23166 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23168 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23170 ;;;***
23172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 19378
23173 ;;;;;; 69506 0))
23174 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23176 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23177 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23178 Return a pattern.
23180 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23182 ;;;***
23184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21291 57968
23185 ;;;;;; 317602 643000))
23186 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23188 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23189 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23190 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23191 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23193 \(fn)" t nil)
23195 ;;;***
23197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21291 57968
23198 ;;;;;; 317602 643000))
23199 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23201 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23202 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23204 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23205 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23206 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23207 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23208 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23209 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23210 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23211 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23212 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23213 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23215 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23216 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23217 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23218 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23219 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23220 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23221 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23222 to use for finding the schema.
23224 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23226 ;;;***
23228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21291 57968 317602
23229 ;;;;;; 643000))
23230 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23232 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23234 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23235 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23236 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23237 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23238 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23239 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23240 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23241 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23242 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23243 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23244 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23245 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23246 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23247 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23248 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23249 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23250 must be equal.
23252 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23254 ;;;***
23256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28607
23257 ;;;;;; 829638 0))
23258 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23260 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23261 Define a robin package.
23263 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23264 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23265 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23266 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23268 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23269 one replaces the old one.
23271 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23273 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23274 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23276 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23277 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23278 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23280 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23282 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23283 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23285 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23287 ;;;***
23289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
23290 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23292 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23293 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23295 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23297 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23298 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23300 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23302 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23303 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23305 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23307 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23308 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23309 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23311 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23312 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23313 in ROT13.
23315 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23317 \(fn)" t nil)
23319 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23320 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23322 \(fn)" t nil)
23324 ;;;***
23326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21291 53104 431149
23327 ;;;;;; 0))
23328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23329 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23331 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23332 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23333 \\<rst-mode-map>
23335 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23336 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23337 highlighting.
23339 \\{rst-mode-map}
23341 \(fn)" t nil)
23343 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23344 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23345 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23346 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23347 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23349 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23350 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23351 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23355 ;;;***
23357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21316
23358 ;;;;;; 47425 538878 0))
23359 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23360 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23362 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23363 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23365 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23367 \(fn)" t nil)
23369 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23371 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23373 ;;;***
23375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
23376 ;;;;;; 0))
23377 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23378 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23380 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23381 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23382 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23384 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23385 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23387 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23388 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23392 ;;;***
23394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 53104 431149
23395 ;;;;;; 0))
23396 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23398 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23399 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23400 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23401 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23403 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23405 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23406 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23407 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23409 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23410 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23411 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23413 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23414 notation.
23416 STRING
23417 matches string STRING literally.
23419 CHAR
23420 matches character CHAR literally.
23422 `not-newline', `nonl'
23423 matches any character except a newline.
23425 `anything'
23426 matches any character
23428 `(any SET ...)'
23429 `(in SET ...)'
23430 `(char SET ...)'
23431 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23432 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23433 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23435 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23436 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23437 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23438 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23440 `(not (any SET ...))'
23441 matches any character not in SET ...
23443 `line-start', `bol'
23444 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23445 in the text being matched
23447 `line-end', `eol'
23448 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23450 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23451 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23452 string being matched against.
23454 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23455 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23456 string being matched against.
23458 `buffer-start'
23459 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23460 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23462 `buffer-end'
23463 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23464 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23466 `point'
23467 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23469 `word-start', `bow'
23470 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23472 `word-end', `eow'
23473 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23475 `word-boundary'
23476 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23477 word.
23479 `(not word-boundary)'
23480 `not-word-boundary'
23481 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23482 word.
23484 `symbol-start'
23485 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23487 `symbol-end'
23488 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23490 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23491 matches 0 through 9.
23493 `control', `cntrl'
23494 matches ASCII control characters.
23496 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23497 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23499 `blank'
23500 matches space and tab only.
23502 `graphic', `graph'
23503 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23504 space, and DEL.
23506 `printing', `print'
23507 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23508 and DEL.
23510 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23511 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23512 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23514 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23515 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23516 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23518 `ascii'
23519 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23521 `nonascii'
23522 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23524 `lower', `lower-case'
23525 matches anything lower-case.
23527 `upper', `upper-case'
23528 matches anything upper-case.
23530 `punctuation', `punct'
23531 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23532 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23534 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23535 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23537 `word', `wordchar'
23538 matches anything that has word syntax.
23540 `not-wordchar'
23541 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23543 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23544 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23545 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23546 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23548 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23549 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23550 `word' (\\sw)
23551 `symbol' (\\s_)
23552 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23553 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23554 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23555 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23556 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23557 `escape' (\\s\\)
23558 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23559 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23560 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23561 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23562 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23564 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23565 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23567 `(category CATEGORY)'
23568 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23569 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23571 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23572 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23573 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23574 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23575 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23576 `symbol' (\\c5)
23577 `digit' (\\c6)
23578 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23579 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23580 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23581 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23582 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23583 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23584 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23585 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23586 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23587 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23588 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23589 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23590 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23591 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23592 `ascii' (\\ca)
23593 `arabic' (\\cb)
23594 `chinese' (\\cc)
23595 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23596 `greek' (\\cg)
23597 `korean' (\\ch)
23598 `indian' (\\ci)
23599 `japanese' (\\cj)
23600 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23601 `latin' (\\cl)
23602 `lao' (\\co)
23603 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23604 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23605 `thai' (\\ct)
23606 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23607 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23608 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23609 `can-break' (\\c|)
23611 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23612 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23614 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23615 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23616 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23617 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23618 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23620 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23621 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23622 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23623 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23625 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23626 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23627 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23628 group number N.
23630 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23631 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23632 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23633 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23634 regular expression.
23636 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23637 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23638 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23639 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23640 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23642 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23643 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23645 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23646 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23648 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23649 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23650 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23652 `(* SEXP ...)'
23653 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23654 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23656 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23657 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23658 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23660 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23661 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23662 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23664 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23665 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23667 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23668 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23670 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23671 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23672 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23673 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23675 `(? SEXP ...)'
23676 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23678 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23679 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23681 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23682 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23683 matches N occurrences.
23685 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23686 matches N or more occurrences.
23688 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23689 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23690 matches N to M occurrences.
23692 `(backref N)'
23693 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23695 `(eval FORM)'
23696 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23697 `regexp-quote' it.
23699 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23700 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23702 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23704 ;;;***
23706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 53104
23707 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23708 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23709 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23711 ;;;***
23713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 53104 431149
23714 ;;;;;; 0))
23715 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23716 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23718 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23719 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23720 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23723 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23725 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23727 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23728 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23730 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23731 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23733 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23734 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23735 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23736 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23738 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23739 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23740 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23744 ;;;***
23746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21291 53104
23747 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23750 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23751 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23752 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23754 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23755 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23756 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23757 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23758 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23759 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23760 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23761 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23763 Commands:
23764 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23765 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23766 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23768 \(fn)" t nil)
23770 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23771 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23772 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23774 Commands:
23775 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23776 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23777 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23778 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23779 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23780 that variable's value is a string.
23782 \(fn)" t nil)
23784 ;;;***
23786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 53104
23787 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23790 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23791 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23792 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23794 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23796 \(fn)" t nil)
23798 ;;;***
23800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 53104 431149
23801 ;;;;;; 0))
23802 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23804 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23805 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23806 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23807 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23808 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23809 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23811 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23813 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23814 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23815 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23816 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23817 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23819 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23820 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23824 ;;;***
23826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 53104
23827 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23828 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23830 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23831 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23832 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23833 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23834 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23835 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23836 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23837 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23841 ;;;***
23843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 53104 431149
23844 ;;;;;; 0))
23845 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23846 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23847 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23849 ;;;***
23851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 53104
23852 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23853 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23854 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23856 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23857 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23858 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23860 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23861 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23862 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23863 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23864 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23865 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23866 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23867 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23868 keybinding for tag names.
23869 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23870 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23871 of the symbol under point.
23872 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23873 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23874 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23875 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23876 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23877 syntax tokens.
23878 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23880 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23882 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23883 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23884 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23885 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23886 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23887 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23889 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23891 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23892 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23893 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23894 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23895 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23897 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23898 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23899 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23900 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23901 Semantic mode.
23903 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23907 ;;;***
23909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23910 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
23911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23913 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23914 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23916 \(fn)" t nil)
23918 ;;;***
23920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23921 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
23922 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23924 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23925 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23927 \(fn)" t nil)
23929 ;;;***
23931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 53104
23932 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23933 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23935 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23936 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23938 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23939 king@grassland.com
23940 If `parens', they look like:
23941 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23942 If `angles', they look like:
23943 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23945 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23946 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23948 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23950 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23951 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23952 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23953 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23955 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23956 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23957 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23958 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23960 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23962 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23963 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23964 This is done when the message is initialized,
23965 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23967 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23969 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23970 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23971 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23973 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23975 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23976 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23977 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23978 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23979 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23980 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23981 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23983 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23985 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23986 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23988 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23990 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23991 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23992 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23993 be a Babyl file.")
23995 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23997 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23998 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23999 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24000 when you first send mail.")
24002 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24004 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24005 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24006 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24007 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24008 This file need not actually exist.")
24010 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24012 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24013 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24015 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24017 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24018 Alist of mail address aliases,
24019 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24020 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24021 can specify a different file name.)
24022 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24023 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24025 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24026 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24027 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24029 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24031 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24032 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24033 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24035 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24037 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24038 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24039 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24040 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24041 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24042 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24043 in the cited portion of the message.
24045 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24046 instead of no action.")
24048 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24050 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24051 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24052 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24053 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24054 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24056 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24058 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24059 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24060 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24061 If a string, that string is inserted.
24062 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24063 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24064 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24065 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24067 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24069 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24070 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24072 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24074 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24075 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24076 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24078 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24079 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24081 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24083 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24084 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24085 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24086 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24088 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24090 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24091 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24092 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24094 \(fn)" nil nil)
24096 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24098 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24101 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24103 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24104 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24105 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24107 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24108 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24110 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24111 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24112 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24113 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24114 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24115 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24116 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24117 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24118 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24119 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24120 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24121 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24122 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24123 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24125 \(fn)" t nil)
24127 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24128 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24129 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24130 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24132 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24134 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24135 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24136 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24137 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24138 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24139 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24141 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24142 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24143 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24145 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24146 User should not set this variable manually,
24147 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24148 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24149 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24151 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24152 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24153 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24154 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24156 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24157 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24159 \\<mail-mode-map>
24160 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24162 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24163 to move to message header fields:
24164 \\{mail-mode-map}
24166 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24167 when the message is initialized.
24169 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24170 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24172 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24173 is inserted.
24175 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24176 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24178 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24179 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24180 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24181 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24182 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24183 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24184 buffer without erasing the contents.
24186 The second through fifth arguments,
24187 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24188 the initial contents of those header fields.
24189 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24190 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24191 original message being replied to, or else an action
24192 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24193 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24194 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24195 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24196 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24197 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24199 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24201 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24202 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24204 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24206 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24207 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24209 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24211 ;;;***
24213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
24214 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24216 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24218 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24220 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24222 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24223 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24224 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24225 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24226 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24227 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24229 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24230 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24232 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24233 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24234 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24236 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24237 \\[server-start].
24239 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24241 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24242 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24243 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24244 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24246 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24248 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24249 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24250 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24252 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24253 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24255 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24257 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24258 Toggle Server mode.
24259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24260 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24261 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24263 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24264 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24265 `server-start' for details.
24267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24269 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24270 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24271 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24273 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24274 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24276 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24278 ;;;***
24280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
24281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24283 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24284 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24286 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24287 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24288 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24289 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24290 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24292 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24293 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24294 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24295 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24296 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24297 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24299 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24300 displayed.
24302 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24303 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24304 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24306 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24307 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24309 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24310 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24312 \\{ses-mode-map}
24313 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24314 part):
24315 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24316 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24317 formula:
24318 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24320 \(fn)" t nil)
24322 ;;;***
24324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24325 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
24326 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24328 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24329 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24330 Makes > match <.
24331 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24332 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24334 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24335 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24336 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24338 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24339 in your init file.
24341 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24343 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24344 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24345 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24347 \(fn)" t nil)
24349 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24350 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24351 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24352 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24353 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24354 which this is based.
24356 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24358 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24359 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24360 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24361 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24363 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24364 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24365 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24367 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24368 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24369 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24370 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24372 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24373 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24374 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24375 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24377 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24379 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24380 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24381 To work around that, do:
24382 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24384 \\{html-mode-map}
24386 \(fn)" t nil)
24388 ;;;***
24390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21291
24391 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
24392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24393 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24394 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24396 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24397 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24398 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24399 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24400 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24401 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24403 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24404 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24405 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24406 shell-specific features.
24408 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24409 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24410 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24411 \\<sh-mode-map>
24412 \\[sh-case] case statement
24413 \\[sh-for] for loop
24414 \\[sh-function] function definition
24415 \\[sh-if] if statement
24416 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24417 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24418 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24419 \\[sh-select] select loop
24420 \\[sh-until] until loop
24421 \\[sh-while] while loop
24423 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24424 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24425 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24426 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24427 would indent to the way it currently is.
24428 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24429 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24432 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24433 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24434 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24435 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24436 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24437 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24439 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24440 unquoted < insert a here document.
24442 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24443 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24444 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24446 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24447 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24449 \(fn)" t nil)
24451 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24453 ;;;***
24455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 53104
24456 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24457 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24459 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24460 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24462 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24463 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24464 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24466 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24467 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24468 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24469 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24470 the earlier.
24472 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24474 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24476 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24477 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24478 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24480 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24481 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24483 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24484 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24485 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24486 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24487 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24488 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24489 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24490 Emacs version).
24492 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24493 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24494 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24495 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24496 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24498 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24499 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24501 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24503 ;;;***
24505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 53104 431149
24506 ;;;;;; 0))
24507 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24509 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24510 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24511 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24512 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24513 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24514 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24515 sites in the cluster.
24517 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24519 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24520 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24521 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24522 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24523 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24525 \(fn)" t nil)
24527 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24528 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24529 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24530 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24531 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24532 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24533 `shadow-define-cluster').
24535 \(fn)" t nil)
24537 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24538 Set up file shadowing.
24540 \(fn)" t nil)
24542 ;;;***
24544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21313 65162 603703 543000))
24545 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24547 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24548 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24549 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24550 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24551 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24552 arguments.")
24554 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24556 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24557 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24558 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24559 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24560 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24562 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24563 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24564 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24565 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24566 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24567 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24568 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24569 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24570 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24571 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24572 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24574 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24575 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24576 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24577 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24578 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24579 `default-process-coding-system'.
24581 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24582 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24583 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24584 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24586 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24588 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24590 ;;;***
24592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
24593 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24595 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24596 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24598 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24600 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24601 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24602 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24603 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24605 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24607 ;;;***
24609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 53104 431149
24610 ;;;;;; 0))
24611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24613 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24616 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24618 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24621 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24623 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24626 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24628 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24631 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24633 ;;;***
24635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 53104
24636 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24639 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24640 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24641 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24642 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24643 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24645 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24647 \(fn)" t nil)
24649 ;;;***
24651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 53104
24652 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24655 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24656 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24657 \\{simula-mode-map}
24658 Variables controlling indentation style:
24659 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24660 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24661 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24662 `simula-indent-level'
24663 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24664 `simula-substatement-offset'
24665 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24666 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24667 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24668 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24669 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24670 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24671 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24672 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24673 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24674 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24675 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24676 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24677 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24678 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24679 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24680 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24681 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24682 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24683 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24684 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24685 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24686 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24687 or nil if they should not be changed.
24688 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24689 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24690 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24691 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24693 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24694 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24696 \(fn)" t nil)
24698 ;;;***
24700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21291 53104 431149
24701 ;;;;;; 0))
24702 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24704 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24705 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24707 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24708 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24709 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24710 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24712 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24714 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24716 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24717 Insert SKELETON.
24718 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24719 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24720 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24721 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24722 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24724 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24725 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24727 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24729 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24730 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24732 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24733 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24734 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24735 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24737 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24738 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24739 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24740 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24742 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24743 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24744 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24746 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24747 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24749 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24750 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24752 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24753 _ interesting point, interregion here
24754 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24755 interesting point set by _
24756 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24757 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24758 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24759 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24760 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24761 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24762 nil skipped
24764 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24765 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24767 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24768 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24769 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24770 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24771 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24772 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24773 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24774 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24776 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24777 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24778 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24779 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24780 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24781 available:
24783 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24784 then: insert previously read string once more
24785 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24786 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24787 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24789 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24790 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24792 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24794 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24795 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24797 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24798 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24799 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24800 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24801 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24802 such as backslash.
24804 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24805 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24806 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24808 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24810 ;;;***
24812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21291 53104
24813 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24814 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24816 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24817 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24818 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24819 buffer names.
24821 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24823 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24824 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24826 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24827 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24828 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24832 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24833 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24834 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24836 \(fn)" t nil)
24838 ;;;***
24840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 53104 431149
24841 ;;;;;; 0))
24842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24844 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24845 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24846 A list of images is returned.
24848 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24850 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24851 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24852 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24854 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24856 ;;;***
24858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 53104
24859 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24860 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24862 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24865 \(fn)" nil nil)
24867 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24868 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24870 \(fn)" t nil)
24872 ;;;***
24874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 53104 431149
24875 ;;;;;; 0))
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24878 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24879 Play the Snake game.
24880 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24882 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24884 Snake mode keybindings:
24885 \\<snake-mode-map>
24886 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24887 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24888 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24889 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24890 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24891 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24892 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24894 \(fn)" t nil)
24896 ;;;***
24898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 53104
24899 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24902 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24903 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24904 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24905 Tab indents for C code.
24906 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24907 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24908 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24909 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24910 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24912 \(fn)" t nil)
24914 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24915 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24916 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24917 Tab indents for C code.
24918 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24919 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24920 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24921 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24922 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24924 \(fn)" t nil)
24926 ;;;***
24928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 53104 431149
24929 ;;;;;; 0))
24930 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24932 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24933 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24934 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24935 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24936 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24938 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24942 ;;;***
24944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 53104
24945 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24946 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24948 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24949 Play Solitaire.
24951 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24952 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24953 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24954 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24955 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24956 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24957 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24958 check after each move or undo.)
24960 What is Solitaire?
24962 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24963 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24964 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24966 Le Solitaire
24967 ============
24969 o o o
24971 o o o
24973 o o o o o o o
24975 o o o . o o o
24977 o o o o o o o
24979 o o o
24981 o o o
24983 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24984 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24985 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24986 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24988 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24989 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24990 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24991 this: o o .
24993 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24994 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24996 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24998 o o o
25000 . o o
25002 o o . o o o o
25004 o . o o o o o
25006 o o o o o o o
25008 o o o
25010 o o o
25012 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25014 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25016 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25018 ;;;***
25020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
25021 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25022 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25024 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25025 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25027 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25028 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25029 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25030 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25031 contiguous.
25033 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25034 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25035 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25036 the sort order.
25038 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25039 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25041 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25042 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25043 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25044 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25045 is called.
25047 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25048 It should move point to the end of the record.
25050 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25051 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25052 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25053 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25054 starts at the beginning of the record.
25056 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25057 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25058 same as ENDRECFUN.
25060 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25061 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25062 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25063 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25064 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25065 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25066 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25068 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25070 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25071 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25072 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25073 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25074 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25075 the sort order.
25077 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25079 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25080 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25081 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25082 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25083 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25084 the sort order.
25086 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25088 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25089 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25090 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25091 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25092 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25093 the sort order.
25095 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25096 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25098 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25099 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25100 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25101 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25102 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25103 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25104 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25105 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25106 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25108 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25110 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25111 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25112 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25113 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25114 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25115 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25116 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25117 the sort order.
25119 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25121 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25122 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25123 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25124 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25126 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25127 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25129 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25130 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25131 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25132 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25133 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25134 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25135 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25136 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25138 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25140 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25141 the sort order.
25143 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25144 starting with the letter \"f\",
25145 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25147 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25149 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25150 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25151 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25152 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25153 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25154 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25155 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25156 the sort order.
25158 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25159 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25160 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25161 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25162 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25164 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25166 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25167 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25168 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25170 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25172 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25173 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25174 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25175 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25176 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25177 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25178 each repeated line.
25180 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25181 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25182 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25183 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25185 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25186 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25188 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25189 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25191 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25193 ;;;***
25195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
25196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25198 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25199 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25200 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25201 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25202 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25203 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25205 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25207 ;;;***
25209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25210 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
25211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25213 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25214 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25216 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25217 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25218 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25220 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25222 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25223 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25224 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25225 server.
25227 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25229 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25230 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25231 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25233 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25235 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25236 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25237 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25238 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25239 Agent is plugged.
25241 \(fn)" t nil)
25243 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25244 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25245 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25246 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25248 \(fn)" t nil)
25250 ;;;***
25252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21291 53104 431149
25253 ;;;;;; 0))
25254 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25256 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25258 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25259 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25260 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25261 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25262 supported at a time.
25263 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25264 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25268 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25269 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25270 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25271 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25273 \(fn)" t nil)
25275 ;;;***
25277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 53104 431149
25278 ;;;;;; 0))
25279 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25281 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25282 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25284 \(fn)" t nil)
25286 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25287 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25289 \(fn)" nil nil)
25291 ;;;***
25293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 53104 431149
25294 ;;;;;; 0))
25295 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25296 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25298 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25299 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25301 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25302 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25303 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25304 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25305 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25306 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25307 of the current highlighting list.
25309 For example:
25311 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25312 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25314 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25315 `_t' as data types.
25317 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25319 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25320 Major mode to edit SQL.
25322 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25323 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25324 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25326 \\{sql-mode-map}
25327 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25329 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25330 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25331 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25332 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25333 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25334 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25336 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25337 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25339 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25340 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25341 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25343 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25344 (lambda ()
25345 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25347 \(fn)" t nil)
25349 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25350 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25352 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25353 their settings.
25355 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25356 is specified in the connection settings.
25358 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25360 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25361 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25363 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25364 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25366 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25367 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25368 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25369 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25371 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25373 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25375 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25376 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25378 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25379 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25380 `*SQL*'.
25382 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25383 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25384 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25385 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25387 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25388 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25390 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25391 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25392 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25393 buffer.
25395 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25396 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25397 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25398 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25399 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25400 `default-process-coding-system'.
25402 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25404 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25406 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25407 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25409 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25410 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25411 `*SQL*'.
25413 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25414 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25415 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25416 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25418 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25419 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25421 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25422 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25423 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25424 buffer.
25426 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25427 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25428 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25429 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25430 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25431 `default-process-coding-system'.
25433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25435 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25437 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25438 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25440 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25441 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25442 `*SQL*'.
25444 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25445 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25447 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25448 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25450 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25451 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25452 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25453 buffer.
25455 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25456 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25457 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25458 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25459 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25460 `default-process-coding-system'.
25462 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25464 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25466 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25467 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25469 SQLite is free software.
25471 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25472 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25473 `*SQL*'.
25475 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25476 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25477 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25478 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25480 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25481 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25483 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25484 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25485 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25486 buffer.
25488 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25489 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25490 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25491 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25492 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25493 `default-process-coding-system'.
25495 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25497 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25499 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25500 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25502 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25504 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25505 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25506 `*SQL*'.
25508 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25509 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25510 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25511 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25513 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25514 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25516 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25517 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25518 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25519 buffer.
25521 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25522 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25523 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25524 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25525 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25526 `default-process-coding-system'.
25528 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25530 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25532 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25533 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25535 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25536 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25537 `*SQL*'.
25539 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25540 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25541 defaults, if set.
25543 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25544 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25546 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25547 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25548 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25549 buffer.
25551 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25552 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25553 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25554 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25555 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25556 `default-process-coding-system'.
25558 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25560 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25562 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25563 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25565 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25566 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25567 `*SQL*'.
25569 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25570 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25572 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25573 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25575 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25576 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25577 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25578 buffer.
25580 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25581 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25582 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25583 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25584 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25585 `default-process-coding-system'.
25587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25591 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25592 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25594 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25595 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25596 `*SQL*'.
25598 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25599 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25600 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25601 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25603 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25604 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25606 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25607 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25608 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25609 buffer.
25611 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25612 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25613 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25614 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25615 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25616 `default-process-coding-system'.
25618 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25620 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25622 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25623 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25625 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25626 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25627 `*SQL*'.
25629 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25630 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25631 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25632 `sql-postgres-options'.
25634 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25635 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25637 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25638 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25639 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25640 buffer.
25642 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25643 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25644 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25645 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25646 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25647 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25648 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25649 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25651 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25652 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25654 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25656 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25658 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25659 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25661 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25662 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25663 `*SQL*'.
25665 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25666 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25667 defaults, if set.
25669 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25670 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25672 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25673 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25674 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25675 buffer.
25677 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25678 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25679 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25680 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25681 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25682 `default-process-coding-system'.
25684 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25686 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25688 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25689 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25691 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25692 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25693 `*SQL*'.
25695 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25696 automatic login.
25698 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25699 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25701 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25702 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25703 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25704 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25706 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25707 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25708 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25709 buffer.
25711 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25712 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25713 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25714 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25715 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25716 `default-process-coding-system'.
25718 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25720 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25722 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25723 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25725 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25726 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25727 `*SQL*'.
25729 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25730 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25731 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25732 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25733 parameters.
25735 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25736 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25737 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25738 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25739 an empty password.
25741 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25742 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25744 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25745 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25746 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25747 buffer.
25749 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25751 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25753 ;;;***
25755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 53104 431149
25756 ;;;;;; 0))
25757 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25758 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25760 ;;;***
25762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25763 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
25764 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25766 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25767 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25769 \(fn)" t nil)
25771 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25773 ;;;***
25775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 53104
25776 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
25777 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25779 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25780 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25781 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25782 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25783 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25784 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25785 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25786 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25787 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25788 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25789 with any buffer
25790 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25791 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25792 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25793 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25795 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25797 ;;;***
25799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 53104 431149
25800 ;;;;;; 0))
25801 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25803 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25804 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25805 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25806 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25807 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25808 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25810 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25812 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25814 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25815 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25816 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25817 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25818 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25819 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25820 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25822 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25824 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25825 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25826 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25827 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25828 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25829 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25830 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25832 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25834 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25835 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25836 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25838 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25840 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25841 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25842 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25844 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25846 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25847 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25849 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25851 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25852 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25854 \(fn)" t nil)
25856 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25857 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25859 \(fn)" t nil)
25861 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25862 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25863 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25864 by command name.
25865 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25867 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25869 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25870 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25871 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25873 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25874 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25876 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25878 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25879 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25880 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25881 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25882 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25884 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25885 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25886 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25887 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25888 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25890 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25891 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25892 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25893 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25895 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25899 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25900 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25901 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25902 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25904 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25906 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25907 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25909 \(fn)" t nil)
25911 ;;;***
25913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 53104 431149
25914 ;;;;;; 0))
25915 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25917 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25918 Studlify-case the region.
25920 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25922 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25923 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25925 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25927 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25928 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25930 \(fn)" t nil)
25932 ;;;***
25934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 53104
25935 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
25936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25938 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25939 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25940 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25941 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25942 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25944 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25945 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25946 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25947 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25949 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25950 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25951 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25953 Nomenclature Subwords
25954 ===========================================================
25955 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25956 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25957 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25959 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25960 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25961 as words.
25963 \\{subword-mode-map}
25965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25967 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25968 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25969 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25971 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25972 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25974 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25976 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25977 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25978 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25979 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25980 ARG is omitted or nil.
25982 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25983 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25984 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25988 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25989 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25990 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25991 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25992 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25994 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25995 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25996 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25998 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
25999 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26000 edit them as words.
26002 \\{superword-mode-map}
26004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26006 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26007 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26008 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26009 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26010 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26011 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26013 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26015 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26016 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26017 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26018 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26019 ARG is omitted or nil.
26021 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26022 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26023 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26027 ;;;***
26029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 53104
26030 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
26031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26033 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26034 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26035 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26036 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26037 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26038 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26039 original message but it does require a few things:
26041 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26043 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26044 reply buffer.
26046 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26047 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26048 original message.
26050 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26052 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26054 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26055 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26056 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26058 \(fn)" nil nil)
26060 ;;;***
26062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 53104 431149
26063 ;;;;;; 0))
26064 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26066 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26068 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26069 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26070 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26071 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26072 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26073 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26075 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26077 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26078 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26079 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26080 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26081 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26083 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26084 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26085 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26089 ;;;***
26091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
26092 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26094 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26095 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26096 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26097 buffer.
26099 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26100 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26101 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26103 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26105 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26106 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26107 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26108 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26109 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26110 buffer.
26112 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26113 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26114 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26116 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26118 ;;;***
26120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 53104 431149
26121 ;;;;;; 0))
26122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26124 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26125 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26126 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26128 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26130 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26131 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26133 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26135 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26136 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26138 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26140 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26141 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26143 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26145 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26146 Insert an editable text table.
26147 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26148 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26149 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26150 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26151 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26152 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26153 delimiting them.
26155 Examples:
26157 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26159 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26160 location of point.
26164 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26165 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26166 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26167 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26168 first cell.
26170 +-----+-----+-----+
26171 |-!- | | |
26172 +-----+-----+-----+
26174 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26176 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26177 width, which results as
26179 +--------------+-----+-----+
26180 |-!- | | |
26181 +--------------+-----+-----+
26183 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26184 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26186 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26187 | | |-!- |
26188 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26190 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26191 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26192 width information to `table-insert'.
26194 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26196 instead of
26198 Cell width(s): 5
26200 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26201 work all together.
26203 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26204 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26206 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26207 |-!- | | |
26208 | | | |
26209 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26211 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26213 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26214 |-!- | | |
26215 | | | |
26216 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26217 | | | |
26218 | | | |
26219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26221 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26224 | | | |
26225 | | | |
26226 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26227 | | | |
26228 | | | |
26229 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26232 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26233 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26234 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26236 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26237 | | | |
26238 | | | |
26239 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26240 | | | |
26241 | | | |
26242 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26243 |-!- | | |
26244 | | | |
26245 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26247 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26248 results.
26250 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26251 | | | |
26252 | | | |
26253 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26254 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26255 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26256 | | |expected results.-!- |
26257 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26258 | | | |
26259 | | | |
26260 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26262 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26264 \\{table-cell-map}
26266 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26268 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26269 Insert N table row(s).
26270 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26271 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26272 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26273 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26275 \(fn N)" t nil)
26277 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26278 Insert N table column(s).
26279 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26280 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26281 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26282 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26284 \(fn N)" t nil)
26286 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26287 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26288 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26290 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26292 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26293 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26294 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26295 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26296 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26297 all the table specific features.
26299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26301 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26304 \(fn)" t nil)
26306 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26307 Recognize all tables within region.
26308 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26309 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26310 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26311 specific features.
26313 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26315 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26318 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26320 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26321 Recognize a table at point.
26322 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26323 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26324 the table specific features.
26326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26328 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26331 \(fn)" t nil)
26333 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26334 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26335 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26336 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26337 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26338 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26339 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26341 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26343 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26346 \(fn)" t nil)
26348 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26349 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26350 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26351 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26352 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26353 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26354 specified.
26356 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26358 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26359 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26360 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26361 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26362 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26363 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26364 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26365 table structure.
26367 \(fn N)" t nil)
26369 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26370 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26371 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26372 table's rectangle structure.
26374 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26376 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26377 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26378 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26379 table's rectangle structure.
26381 \(fn N)" t nil)
26383 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26384 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26385 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26386 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26387 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26389 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26391 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26392 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26393 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26395 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26396 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26397 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26398 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26399 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26400 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26401 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26403 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26404 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26405 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26406 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26407 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26408 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26409 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26411 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26412 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26413 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26414 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26415 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26416 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26417 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26418 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26420 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26422 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26423 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26424 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26425 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26429 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26430 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26431 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26433 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26435 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26436 Split current cell vertically.
26437 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26439 \(fn)" t nil)
26441 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26442 Split current cell horizontally.
26443 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26445 \(fn)" t nil)
26447 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26448 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26449 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26451 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26453 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26454 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26455 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26456 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26458 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26460 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26461 Justify cell contents.
26462 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26463 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26464 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26465 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26467 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26469 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26470 Justify cells of a row.
26471 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26472 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26474 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26476 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26477 Justify cells of a column.
26478 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26479 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26481 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26483 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26484 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26485 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26486 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26487 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26488 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26489 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26490 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26491 run-time.
26493 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26495 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26496 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26497 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26498 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26499 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26500 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26501 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26502 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26503 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26504 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26505 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26507 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26509 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26510 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26511 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26512 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26513 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26514 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26515 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26516 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26517 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26518 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26519 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26520 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26521 untouched.
26523 References used for this implementation:
26525 HTML:
26526 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26528 LaTeX:
26529 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26531 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26532 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26533 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26535 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26537 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26538 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26539 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26540 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26541 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26542 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26543 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26544 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26545 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26546 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26547 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26548 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26549 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26550 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26551 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26552 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26553 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26555 Example:
26557 (progn
26558 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26559 (table-forward-cell 15)
26560 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26561 (table-forward-cell 16)
26562 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26563 (table-forward-cell 1)
26564 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26566 (progn
26567 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26568 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26569 (table-forward-cell 1)
26570 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26572 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26574 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26575 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26576 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26577 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26578 consists from cells of same height.
26580 \(fn N)" t nil)
26582 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26583 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26584 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26585 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26586 column must consists from cells of same width.
26588 \(fn N)" t nil)
26590 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26591 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26592 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26593 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26594 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26595 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26596 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26597 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26598 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26599 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26600 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26601 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26602 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26603 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26604 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26607 Example 1:
26609 1, 2, 3, 4
26610 5, 6, 7, 8
26611 , 9, 10
26613 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26614 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26615 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26616 specified as 5.
26618 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26619 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26620 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26621 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26622 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26623 | | 9 | 10 | |
26624 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26626 Note:
26628 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26629 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26630 of each row is optional.
26633 Example 2:
26635 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26636 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26637 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26638 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26639 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26641 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26642 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26644 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26645 expression and raw delimiter regular
26646 expression, it parses the specified text
26647 area and extracts cell items from
26648 non-table text and then forms a table out
26649 of them.
26651 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26652 creates a single cell table. The text in
26653 the specified region is placed in that
26654 cell.-*-
26656 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26657 like this.
26659 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26660 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26661 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26663 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26664 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26665 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26666 | area and extracts cell items from |
26667 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26668 | of them. |
26670 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26671 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26672 | the specified region is placed in that |
26673 | cell. |
26674 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26676 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26677 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26678 independently.
26680 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26681 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26682 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26683 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26684 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26685 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26686 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26687 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26688 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26689 | |of them. |
26690 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26691 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26692 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26693 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26694 | |cell. |
26695 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26697 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26698 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26699 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26701 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26703 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26704 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26705 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26706 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26707 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26709 \(fn)" t nil)
26711 ;;;***
26713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
26714 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26716 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26717 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26719 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26721 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26722 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26724 \(fn)" t nil)
26726 ;;;***
26728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
26729 ;;;;;; 0))
26730 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26732 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26733 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26734 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26735 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26736 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26737 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26738 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26740 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26741 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26742 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26743 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26745 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26746 \\{tar-mode-map}
26748 \(fn)" t nil)
26750 ;;;***
26752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 53104 431149
26753 ;;;;;; 0))
26754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26756 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26757 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26758 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26759 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26760 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26761 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26763 Variables controlling indentation style:
26764 `tcl-indent-level'
26765 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26766 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26767 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26769 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26770 documentation for details):
26771 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26772 Controls action of TAB key.
26773 `tcl-auto-newline'
26774 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26775 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26776 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26777 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26778 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26780 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26781 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26782 already exist.
26784 \(fn)" t nil)
26786 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26787 Run inferior Tcl process.
26788 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26789 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26791 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26793 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26794 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26795 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26797 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26799 ;;;***
26801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 53104 431149
26802 ;;;;;; 0))
26803 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26805 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26806 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26807 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26808 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26810 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26811 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26812 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26813 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26814 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26816 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26818 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26819 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26820 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26821 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26823 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26825 ;;;***
26827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
26828 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26830 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26831 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26832 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26833 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26834 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26835 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26837 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26839 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26840 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26841 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26842 commands to use in that buffer.
26844 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26846 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26848 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26849 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26851 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26853 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26854 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26855 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26856 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26857 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26858 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26859 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26860 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26861 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26862 use in that buffer.
26863 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26865 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26867 ;;;***
26869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26870 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
26871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26873 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26874 Start coverage on function under point.
26876 \(fn)" t nil)
26878 ;;;***
26880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 53104 431149
26881 ;;;;;; 0))
26882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26883 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26885 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26886 Play the Tetris game.
26887 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26888 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26889 as to form complete rows.
26891 tetris-mode keybindings:
26892 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26893 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26894 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26895 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26896 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26897 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26898 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26899 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26900 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26902 \(fn)" t nil)
26904 ;;;***
26906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21291 53104
26907 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
26908 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26910 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26911 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26913 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26915 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26916 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26917 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26918 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26919 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26921 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26923 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26924 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26925 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26926 if it matches the first line of the file,
26927 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26929 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26931 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26932 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26933 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26934 if the variable is non-nil.")
26936 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26938 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26939 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26941 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26943 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26944 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26945 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26946 See the documentation of that variable.")
26948 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26950 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26951 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26952 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26953 See the documentation of that variable.")
26955 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26957 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26958 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26959 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26960 See the documentation of that variable.")
26962 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26964 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26965 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26966 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26967 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26968 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26970 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26972 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26973 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26974 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26975 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26977 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26979 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26980 User defined LaTeX block names.
26981 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26983 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26985 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26986 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26987 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26988 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26990 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26992 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26993 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26994 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26995 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26997 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26999 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27000 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27001 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27002 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27004 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27005 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27006 for example,
27008 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27009 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27011 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27012 use.")
27014 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27016 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27017 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27018 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27019 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27020 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27022 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27024 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27026 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27027 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27028 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27030 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27032 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27033 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27034 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27035 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27036 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27038 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27040 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27041 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27043 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27045 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27046 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27048 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27050 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27051 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27052 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27053 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27054 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27055 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27056 says which mode to use.
27058 \(fn)" t nil)
27060 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27062 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27064 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27066 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27067 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27068 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27069 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27070 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27072 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27073 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27074 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27075 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27076 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27077 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27078 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27080 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27081 mismatched $'s or braces.
27083 Special commands:
27084 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27086 Mode variables:
27087 tex-run-command
27088 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27089 tex-directory
27090 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27091 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27092 tex-dvi-print-command
27093 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27094 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27095 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27096 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27097 tex-dvi-view-command
27098 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27099 tex-show-queue-command
27100 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27101 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27103 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27104 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27105 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27107 \(fn)" t nil)
27109 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27110 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27111 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27112 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27113 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27115 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27116 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27117 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27118 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27119 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27120 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27121 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27123 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27124 mismatched $'s or braces.
27126 Special commands:
27127 \\{latex-mode-map}
27129 Mode variables:
27130 latex-run-command
27131 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27132 tex-directory
27133 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27134 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27135 tex-dvi-print-command
27136 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27137 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27138 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27139 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27140 tex-dvi-view-command
27141 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27142 tex-show-queue-command
27143 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27144 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27146 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27147 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27148 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27150 \(fn)" t nil)
27152 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27153 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27154 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27155 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27156 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27158 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27159 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27160 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27161 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27162 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27163 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27164 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27166 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27167 mismatched $'s or braces.
27169 Special commands:
27170 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27172 Mode variables:
27173 slitex-run-command
27174 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27175 tex-directory
27176 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27177 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27178 tex-dvi-print-command
27179 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27180 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27181 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27182 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27183 tex-dvi-view-command
27184 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27185 tex-show-queue-command
27186 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27187 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27189 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27190 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27191 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27192 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27194 \(fn)" t nil)
27196 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27199 \(fn)" nil nil)
27201 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27202 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27204 \(fn)" t nil)
27206 ;;;***
27208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 53104
27209 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
27210 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27212 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27213 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27214 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27215 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27217 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27218 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27219 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27221 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27223 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27224 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27225 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27226 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27227 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27229 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27231 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27232 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27233 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27234 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27236 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27237 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27238 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27239 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27241 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27242 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27244 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27246 ;;;***
27248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21291 53104
27249 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
27250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27252 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27253 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27255 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27257 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27258 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27260 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27262 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27263 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27265 It has these extra commands:
27266 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27268 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27269 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27270 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27271 modified version of TeX input format.
27273 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27274 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27275 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27276 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27278 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27279 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27280 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27281 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27282 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27283 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27284 in the Texinfo file.
27286 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27287 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27288 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27289 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27290 move forward past the closing brace.
27292 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27293 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27295 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27296 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27297 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27299 Here are the functions:
27301 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27302 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27303 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27305 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27306 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27307 texinfo-master-menu
27309 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27311 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27312 which menu descriptions are indented.
27314 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27315 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27316 in the region.
27318 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27319 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27320 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27321 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27323 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27324 be the first node in the file.
27326 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27327 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27329 \(fn)" t nil)
27331 ;;;***
27333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27334 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27335 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27337 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27338 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27339 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27340 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27342 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27344 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27345 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27347 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27349 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27350 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27352 \(fn)" t nil)
27354 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27357 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27359 ;;;***
27361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 53104 431149
27362 ;;;;;; 0))
27363 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27365 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27366 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27367 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27368 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27369 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27370 `line', and `page'.
27372 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27374 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27375 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27376 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27377 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27378 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27379 `line', and `page'.
27381 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27382 valid THING.
27384 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27385 positions of the thing found.
27387 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27389 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27390 Return the THING at point.
27391 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27392 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27393 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27394 `line', `number', and `page'.
27396 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27397 strip text properties from the return value.
27399 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27400 a symbol as a valid THING.
27402 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27404 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27405 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27407 \(fn)" nil nil)
27409 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27410 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27412 \(fn)" nil nil)
27414 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27415 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27417 \(fn)" nil nil)
27419 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27420 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27422 \(fn)" nil nil)
27424 ;;;***
27426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27427 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27429 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27430 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27432 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27434 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27435 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27436 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27437 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27439 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27441 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27442 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27444 \(fn)" t nil)
27446 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27447 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27449 \(fn)" t nil)
27451 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27453 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27454 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27456 \(fn)" t nil)
27458 ;;;***
27460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27461 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27462 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27464 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27465 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27466 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27468 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27470 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27471 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27473 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27475 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27476 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27477 The returned string has no composition information.
27479 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27481 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27482 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27484 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27486 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27487 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27489 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27491 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27492 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27493 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27494 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27496 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27498 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27499 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27500 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27501 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27503 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27505 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27506 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27507 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27509 \(fn)" t nil)
27511 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27512 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27513 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27515 \(fn)" t nil)
27517 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27520 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27522 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27525 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27527 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27530 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27532 ;;;***
27534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 53104
27535 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
27536 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27537 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27539 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27540 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27541 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27542 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27543 parameters.
27544 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27546 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27548 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27549 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27550 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27551 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27552 parameters.
27553 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27555 \(fn)" t nil)
27557 ;;;***
27559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27560 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27562 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27563 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27565 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27566 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27568 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27569 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27570 This display updates automatically every minute.
27571 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27572 are displayed as well.
27573 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27575 \(fn)" t nil)
27577 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27578 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27579 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27581 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27582 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27584 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27586 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27587 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27589 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27590 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27592 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27593 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27594 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27595 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27596 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27600 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27601 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27602 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27603 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27605 \(fn)" t nil)
27607 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27608 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27609 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27610 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27612 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27614 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27615 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27617 \(fn)" t nil)
27619 ;;;***
27621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27622 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27623 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27625 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27626 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27627 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27629 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27630 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27631 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27632 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27633 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27634 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27636 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27637 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27639 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27641 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27642 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27644 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27646 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27647 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27649 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27651 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27652 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27653 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27655 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27657 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27659 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27660 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27661 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27663 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27665 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27666 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27668 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27670 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27671 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27672 DATE should be a date-time string.
27674 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27676 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27677 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27678 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27680 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27682 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27683 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27685 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27687 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27688 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27690 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27692 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27693 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27694 TIME should be a time value.
27695 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27697 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27699 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27700 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27701 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27703 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27705 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27706 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27707 The valid format specifiers are:
27708 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27709 %d is the number of days.
27710 %h is the number of hours.
27711 %m is the number of minutes.
27712 %s is the number of seconds.
27713 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27714 %% is a literal \"%\".
27716 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27717 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27719 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27720 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27721 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27723 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27724 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27725 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27727 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27729 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27731 ;;;***
27733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 53104 431149
27734 ;;;;;; 0))
27735 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27736 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27737 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27738 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27739 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27740 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27741 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27742 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27743 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27745 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27746 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27747 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27748 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27749 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27750 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27751 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27752 look like one of the following:
27753 Time-stamp: <>
27754 Time-stamp: \" \"
27755 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27756 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27757 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27758 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27759 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27760 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27761 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27762 the template.
27764 \(fn)" t nil)
27766 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27767 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27768 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27772 ;;;***
27774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27775 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27776 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27777 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27779 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27780 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27781 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27784 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27786 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27788 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27789 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27790 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27791 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27792 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27793 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27794 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27795 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27796 display (non-nil means on).
27798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27800 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27801 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27802 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27803 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27804 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27805 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27806 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27807 this function is called within a day.
27809 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27810 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27811 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27812 discover the name of the project.
27814 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27816 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27817 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27818 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27819 begun during the last time segment.
27821 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27822 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27823 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27824 discover the reason.
27826 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27828 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27829 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27830 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27831 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27832 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27834 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27836 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27837 Change to working on a different project.
27838 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27839 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27840 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27841 working on.
27843 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27845 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27846 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27847 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27849 \(fn)" nil nil)
27851 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27852 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27853 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27855 \(fn)" t nil)
27857 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27858 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27859 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27860 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27861 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27862 \"relative to today\".
27864 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27866 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27867 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27868 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27869 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27871 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27873 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27874 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27875 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27876 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27877 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27878 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27880 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27882 ;;;***
27884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27885 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
27886 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27888 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27889 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27890 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27891 the generated Quail package is saved.
27893 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27895 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27896 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27897 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27898 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27899 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27900 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27901 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27903 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27905 ;;;***
27907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27908 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27909 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27910 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27912 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27913 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27914 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27915 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27916 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27918 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27919 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27920 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27922 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27924 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27925 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27926 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27927 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27928 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27930 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27932 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27933 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27934 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27935 in the menu in two ways:
27936 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27937 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27938 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27940 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27941 keymap or an alist of alists.
27942 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27943 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27945 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27947 ;;;***
27949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21291
27950 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27951 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27953 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27954 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27956 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27957 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27958 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27959 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27960 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27961 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27962 file was last visited.
27964 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27965 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27966 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27967 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27968 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27969 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27970 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27971 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27972 for the first item.
27974 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27975 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27976 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27977 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27978 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27979 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27980 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27981 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27983 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27984 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27985 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27986 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27987 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27989 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27990 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27992 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27994 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27995 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27997 \\{todo-mode-map}
27999 \(fn)" t nil)
28001 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28002 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28004 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28006 \(fn)" t nil)
28008 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28009 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28011 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28013 \(fn)" t nil)
28015 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.todo\\'" . todo-mode))
28017 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.toda\\'" . todo-archive-mode))
28019 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.tod[tyr]\\'" . todo-filtered-items-mode))
28021 ;;;***
28023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 53104 431149
28024 ;;;;;; 0))
28025 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28027 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28028 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28029 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28033 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28034 Add an item to the tool bar.
28035 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28036 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28037 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28038 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28040 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28041 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28042 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28043 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28045 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28046 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28048 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28050 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28051 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28052 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28053 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28054 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28055 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28057 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28058 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28059 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28060 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28062 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28064 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28065 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28066 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28067 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28068 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28069 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28070 properties to add to the binding.
28072 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28074 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28075 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28077 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28079 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28080 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28081 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28082 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28083 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28084 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28085 properties to add to the binding.
28087 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28088 holds a keymap.
28090 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28092 ;;;***
28094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21291 53104
28095 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28097 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28099 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28100 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28101 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28102 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28103 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28104 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28106 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28108 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28109 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28111 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28112 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28116 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28118 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28119 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28121 \(fn)" t nil)
28123 ;;;***
28125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21291
28126 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28129 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28130 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28132 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28133 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28134 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28135 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28136 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28138 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28139 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28140 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28141 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28142 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28144 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28145 (tpu-edt)
28147 Known Problems:
28149 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28150 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28151 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28152 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28153 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28154 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28156 \(fn)" t nil)
28158 ;;;***
28160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 53104 431149
28161 ;;;;;; 0))
28162 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28164 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28165 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28166 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28167 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28168 to a tcp server on another machine.
28170 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28172 ;;;***
28174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 53104
28175 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28178 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28179 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28181 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28183 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28184 Helper function to get internal values.
28185 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28187 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28189 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28190 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28191 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28192 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28194 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28195 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28196 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28197 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28198 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28200 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28201 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28202 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28203 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28205 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28207 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28209 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28210 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28211 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28212 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28214 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28216 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28218 ;;;***
28220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21319 19378 69506 0))
28221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28223 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28224 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28225 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28227 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28229 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28230 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28232 It can have the following values:
28234 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28235 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28237 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28239 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28240 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28241 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28242 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28244 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28246 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28247 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28248 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28249 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28251 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28252 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28253 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28254 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28255 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28256 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28257 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28258 files which are not really Tramp files.
28260 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28261 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28262 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28263 updated after changing this variable.
28265 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28267 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28268 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28269 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28270 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28272 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28274 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28275 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28276 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28277 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28279 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28280 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28281 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28283 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28284 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28285 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28286 updated after changing this variable.
28288 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28290 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28291 Alist of completion handler functions.
28292 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28293 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28294 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28296 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28297 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28298 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28299 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28301 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28302 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28303 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28304 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28306 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28307 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28308 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28310 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28312 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28313 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28314 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (default-directory (if load-in-progress temporary-file-directory default-directory)) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28316 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28317 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28319 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28321 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28324 \(fn)" nil nil)
28326 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28327 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28329 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28331 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28332 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28334 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28336 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28337 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28339 \(fn)" t nil)
28341 ;;;***
28343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 53104
28344 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28345 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28347 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28350 \(fn)" nil nil)
28352 ;;;***
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21291 53104 431149
28355 ;;;;;; 0))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28358 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28359 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28360 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28361 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28362 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28363 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28364 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28365 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28367 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28368 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28369 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28371 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28372 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28373 resumed later.
28375 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28377 ;;;***
28379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20352 35897
28380 ;;;;;; 183049 0))
28381 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28383 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28386 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28388 ;;;***
28390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28391 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28392 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28393 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28394 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28395 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28397 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28398 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28399 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28400 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28401 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28402 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28403 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28405 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28407 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28408 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28409 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28410 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28412 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28414 \(fn)" t nil)
28416 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28417 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28418 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28419 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28420 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28421 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28422 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28424 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28425 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28427 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28428 \\___/\\
28429 / \\
28430 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28432 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28436 ;;;***
28438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 53104 431149
28439 ;;;;;; 0))
28440 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28442 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28443 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28444 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28446 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28447 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28449 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28451 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28452 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28453 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28455 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28456 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28457 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28458 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28459 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28460 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28461 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28463 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28464 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28466 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28467 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28468 reset the keystroke counter.
28470 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28471 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28472 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28473 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28475 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28476 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28477 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28478 `type-break-schedule' command.
28480 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28481 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28482 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28483 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28484 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28485 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28486 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28487 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28488 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28490 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28491 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28492 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28493 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28494 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28496 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28497 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28498 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28499 approximate good values for this.
28501 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28502 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28504 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28505 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28506 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28507 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28508 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28509 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28511 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28512 a typing break occur. They include:
28514 `type-break-query-mode'
28515 `type-break-query-function'
28516 `type-break-query-interval'
28518 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28520 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28521 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28522 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28523 problems.
28525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28527 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28528 Take a typing break.
28530 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28531 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28533 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28534 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28536 \(fn)" t nil)
28538 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28539 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28540 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28541 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28543 \(fn)" t nil)
28545 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28546 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28548 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28549 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28550 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28551 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28552 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28553 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28554 average typing speed.)
28556 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28557 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28558 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28559 the computed maximum threshold.
28561 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28562 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28563 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28564 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28565 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28567 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28569 ;;;***
28571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
28572 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28574 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28575 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28576 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28577 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28578 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28580 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28582 ;;;***
28584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28585 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
28586 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28588 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28589 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28591 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28593 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28594 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28596 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28598 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28599 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28601 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28603 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28604 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28606 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28608 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28609 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28611 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28613 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28614 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28616 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28618 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28619 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28621 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28623 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28624 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28626 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28628 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28629 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28631 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28633 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28634 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28636 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28638 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28639 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28641 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28643 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28644 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28646 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28648 ;;;***
28650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28651 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28652 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28654 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28655 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28656 Works by overstriking underscores.
28657 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28658 which specify the range to operate on.
28660 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28662 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28663 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28664 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28665 which specify the range to operate on.
28667 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28669 ;;;***
28671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 53104 431149
28672 ;;;;;; 0))
28673 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28675 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28676 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28677 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28678 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28679 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28680 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28682 \(fn)" nil nil)
28684 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28685 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28686 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28688 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28690 ;;;***
28692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 53104
28693 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28694 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28696 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28697 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28698 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28699 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28701 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28703 ;;;***
28705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
28706 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28708 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28709 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28710 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28711 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28712 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28714 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28715 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28716 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28717 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28718 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28719 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28721 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28722 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28723 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28725 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28726 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28727 the callback is not called).
28729 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28730 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28731 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28732 take effect.
28734 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28735 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28736 the server.
28737 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28738 URL-encoded before it's used.
28740 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28742 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28743 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28744 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28745 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28746 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28748 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28750 ;;;***
28752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 53104 431149
28753 ;;;;;; 0))
28754 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28756 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28757 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28758 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28760 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28761 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28762 `url-generic-parse-url'
28763 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28764 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28765 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28766 realm
28767 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28768 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28769 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28770 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28771 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28772 what type of auth to use
28773 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28774 if one cannot be found in the cache
28776 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28778 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28779 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28781 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28782 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28783 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28784 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28785 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28786 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28787 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28788 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28790 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28792 ;;;***
28794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 53104
28795 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28796 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28798 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28799 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28801 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28803 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28804 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28805 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28807 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28809 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28810 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28812 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28814 ;;;***
28816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 53104 431149
28817 ;;;;;; 0))
28818 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28820 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28823 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28825 ;;;***
28827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 53104 431149
28828 ;;;;;; 0))
28829 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28831 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28832 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28833 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28835 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28837 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28838 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28839 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28840 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28842 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28843 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28844 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28845 though.
28847 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28849 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28850 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28851 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28853 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28855 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28858 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28860 ;;;***
28862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
28863 ;;;;;; 0))
28864 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28866 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28867 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28869 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28871 ;;;***
28873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 53104 431149
28874 ;;;;;; 0))
28875 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28877 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28878 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28880 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28882 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28883 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28884 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28885 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28886 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28888 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28890 ;;;***
28892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21300
28893 ;;;;;; 58261 85827 0))
28894 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28896 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28897 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28898 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28901 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28903 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28905 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28906 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28907 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28908 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28909 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28913 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28914 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28915 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28916 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28918 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28920 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28921 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28922 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28923 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28924 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28925 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28926 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28927 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28928 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28929 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28931 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28933 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28934 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28935 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28936 accessible.
28938 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28940 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28943 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28945 ;;;***
28947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21291 53104 431149
28948 ;;;;;; 0))
28949 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28950 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28952 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28953 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28954 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28955 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28956 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28958 ;;;***
28960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 53104 431149
28961 ;;;;;; 0))
28962 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28964 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28967 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28969 ;;;***
28971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 53104 431149
28972 ;;;;;; 0))
28973 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28975 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28976 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28977 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28978 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28979 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28981 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28983 ;;;***
28985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 53104
28986 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28989 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28992 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28994 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28995 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28997 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28999 ;;;***
29001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 53104 431149
29002 ;;;;;; 0))
29003 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29005 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29006 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29008 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29010 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29011 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29013 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29015 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29018 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29020 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29022 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29024 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29026 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29027 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29029 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29031 ;;;***
29033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21291 53104 431149
29034 ;;;;;; 0))
29035 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29037 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29040 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29042 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29045 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29047 ;;;***
29049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 53104 431149
29050 ;;;;;; 0))
29051 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29053 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29056 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29058 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29061 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29063 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29066 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29068 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29071 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29073 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29076 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29078 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29081 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29083 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29086 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29088 ;;;***
29090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21291 53104
29091 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29092 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29094 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29095 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29097 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29099 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29100 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29101 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29103 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29104 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29105 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29106 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29107 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29108 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29109 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29110 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29111 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29112 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29113 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29114 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29115 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29116 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29118 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29119 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29120 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29122 Here is an example. The URL
29124 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29126 parses to
29128 TYPE = \"foo\"
29129 USER = \"bob\"
29130 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29131 HOST = \"example.com\"
29132 PORTSPEC = 42
29133 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29134 TARGET = \"nose\"
29135 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29136 FULLNESS = t
29138 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29140 ;;;***
29142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 53104
29143 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29144 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29146 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29147 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29149 \(fn)" t nil)
29151 ;;;***
29153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 53104
29154 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29155 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29157 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29158 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29159 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29160 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29161 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29162 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29164 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29166 ;;;***
29168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 53104 431149
29169 ;;;;;; 0))
29170 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29172 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29173 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29174 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29176 If t, all messages will be logged.
29177 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29178 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29180 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29182 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29185 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29187 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29190 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29192 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29193 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29194 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29195 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29196 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29197 & ==> &amp;
29198 < ==> &lt;
29199 > ==> &gt;
29200 \" ==> &quot;
29202 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29204 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29205 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29206 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29208 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29210 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29211 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29212 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29214 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29216 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29217 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29219 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29221 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29222 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29224 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29226 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29227 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29229 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29231 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29234 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29236 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29239 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29241 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29243 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29244 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29246 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29248 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29249 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29251 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29253 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29256 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29258 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29259 Build a query-string.
29261 Given a QUERY in the form:
29262 '((key1 val1)
29263 (key2 val2)
29264 (key3 val1 val2)
29265 (key4)
29266 (key5 \"\"))
29268 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29270 This will return a string
29271 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29272 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29273 be used.
29275 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29277 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29278 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29280 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29282 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29283 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29284 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29285 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29286 forbidden in URL encoding.
29288 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29290 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29291 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29292 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29293 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29294 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29295 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29297 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29298 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29299 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29300 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29302 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29304 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29305 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29306 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29307 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29308 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29309 should return it unchanged.
29311 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29313 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29314 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29315 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29316 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29318 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29320 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29321 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29322 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29324 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29326 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29327 View the current document's URL.
29328 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29329 the minibuffer.
29331 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29333 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29335 ;;;***
29337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 53104 431149
29338 ;;;;;; 0))
29339 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29341 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29342 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29343 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29344 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29345 to refrain from editing the file
29346 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29347 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29348 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29349 in any way you like.
29351 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29353 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29354 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29355 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29356 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29357 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29359 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29360 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29362 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29364 ;;;***
29366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 53104
29367 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29368 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29370 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29373 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29375 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29378 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29380 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29383 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29385 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29388 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29390 ;;;***
29392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
29393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29395 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29396 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29398 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29400 ;;;***
29402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 53104
29403 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29406 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29407 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29408 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29409 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29411 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29413 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29414 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29415 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29417 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29419 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29420 Uudecode region between START and END.
29421 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29423 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29425 ;;;***
29427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
29428 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29430 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29431 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29432 See `run-hooks'.")
29434 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29436 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29437 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29438 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29440 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29442 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29443 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29444 See `run-hooks'.")
29446 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29448 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29449 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29450 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29451 same state. If not, signal an error.
29453 For merging-based version control systems:
29454 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29455 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29456 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29457 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29458 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29459 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29461 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29462 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29463 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29464 the file(s) for editing.
29465 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29466 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29467 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29468 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29469 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29470 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29472 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29474 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29475 Register into a version control system.
29476 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29477 Otherwise register the current file.
29478 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29479 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29481 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29482 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29483 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29484 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29485 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29486 first backend that could register the file is used.
29488 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29490 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29491 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29493 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29495 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29496 Display diffs between file revisions.
29497 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29498 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29499 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29501 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29502 saving the buffer.
29504 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29506 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29507 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29508 repository history using ediff.
29510 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29512 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29513 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29514 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29515 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29516 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29518 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29519 saving the buffer.
29521 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29523 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29524 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29525 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29526 fileset with the working revision.
29527 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29528 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29530 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29531 saving the buffer.
29533 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29535 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29536 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29537 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29538 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29540 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29542 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29543 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29544 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29545 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29547 \(fn)" t nil)
29549 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29550 Perform a version control merge operation.
29551 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29552 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29553 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29554 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29556 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29557 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29558 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29559 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29560 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29561 changes from the current branch.
29563 \(fn)" t nil)
29565 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29567 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29568 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29569 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29570 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29571 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29572 checked out in that new branch.
29574 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29576 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29577 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29578 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29579 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29580 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29581 allowed and simply skipped).
29583 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29585 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29586 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29587 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29588 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29589 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29591 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29592 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29594 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29596 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29597 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29598 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29599 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29600 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29602 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29604 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29605 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29606 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29608 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29610 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29611 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29612 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29614 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29616 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29617 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29618 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29619 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29621 \(fn)" t nil)
29623 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29624 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29625 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29626 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29628 \(fn)" t nil)
29630 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29632 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29633 Update the current fileset or branch.
29634 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29635 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29636 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29637 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29639 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29640 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29641 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29642 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29643 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29647 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29649 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29650 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29651 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29652 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29653 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29654 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29655 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29657 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29659 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29660 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29661 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29662 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29663 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29664 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29665 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29666 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29667 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29669 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29671 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29672 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29673 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29674 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29676 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29678 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29679 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29680 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29681 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29683 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29685 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29686 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29687 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29688 directory.
29690 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29692 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29693 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29694 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29696 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29697 log entries should be gathered.
29699 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29701 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29702 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29704 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29706 ;;;***
29708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 53104
29709 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29710 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29712 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29713 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29715 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29716 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29717 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29718 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29719 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29720 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29722 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29723 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29724 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29725 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29726 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29727 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29728 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29729 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29731 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29733 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29735 Customization variables:
29737 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29738 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29739 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29740 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29742 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29744 ;;;***
29746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 53104 431149
29747 ;;;;;; 0))
29748 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29749 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29750 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29751 (progn
29752 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29753 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29755 ;;;***
29757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 53104 431149
29758 ;;;;;; 0))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29761 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29762 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29764 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29765 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29766 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29767 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29768 (progn
29769 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29770 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29772 ;;;***
29774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 53104 431149
29775 ;;;;;; 0))
29776 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29777 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29778 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29779 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29780 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29781 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29782 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29784 ;;;***
29786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21291 53104 431149
29787 ;;;;;; 0))
29788 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29790 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29791 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29792 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29793 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29794 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29796 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29797 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29798 The file lines appear later.
29800 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29801 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29803 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29805 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29807 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29809 ;;;***
29811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21291
29812 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
29813 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29815 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29816 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29817 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29818 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29819 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29820 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29821 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29822 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29823 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29824 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29825 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29826 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29827 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29828 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29829 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29831 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29833 ;;;***
29835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21291 53104 431149
29836 ;;;;;; 0))
29837 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29838 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29839 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29840 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29841 (progn
29842 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29843 (vc-git-registered file))))
29845 ;;;***
29847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
29848 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29849 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29850 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29851 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29852 (progn
29853 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29854 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29856 ;;;***
29858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 53104 431149
29859 ;;;;;; 0))
29860 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29862 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29863 Name of the monotone directory.")
29865 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29866 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29867 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29868 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29869 (progn
29870 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29871 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29873 ;;;***
29875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21291 53104 431149
29876 ;;;;;; 0))
29877 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29879 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29880 Where to look for RCS master files.
29881 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29883 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29885 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29887 ;;;***
29889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 53104 431149
29890 ;;;;;; 0))
29891 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29893 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29894 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29895 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29897 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29899 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29901 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29902 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29903 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29904 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29906 ;;;***
29908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21291 53104 431149
29909 ;;;;;; 0))
29910 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29911 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29912 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29913 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29914 "_svn")
29915 (t ".svn"))))
29916 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29917 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29918 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29920 ;;;***
29922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29923 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
29924 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29925 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29926 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29928 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29929 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29931 Usage:
29932 ------
29934 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29935 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29936 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29937 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29939 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29940 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29941 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29942 completions.
29944 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29945 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29947 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29948 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29950 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29951 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29952 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29954 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29957 Maintenance:
29958 ------------
29960 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29961 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29963 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29965 Official distribution is at
29966 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29969 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29970 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29972 Key bindings:
29973 -------------
29975 \\{vera-mode-map}
29977 \(fn)" t nil)
29979 ;;;***
29981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29982 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
29983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29985 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29986 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29987 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29988 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29989 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29991 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29993 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29994 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29996 Supports highlighting.
29998 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29999 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30001 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30003 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30004 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30005 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30006 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30007 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30008 on the left side of your screen.
30009 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30010 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30011 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30012 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30013 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30014 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30015 function keyword.
30016 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30017 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30018 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30019 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30020 if (a)
30021 begin
30022 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30023 Indentation for case statements.
30024 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30025 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30026 mark after an end.
30027 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30028 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30029 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30030 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30031 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30032 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30033 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30034 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30035 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30036 if (a)
30037 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30038 otherwise you get:
30039 if (a)
30040 begin
30041 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30042 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30043 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30044 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30045 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30046 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30047 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30048 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30049 comments in tight quarters.
30050 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30051 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30053 Variables controlling other actions:
30055 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30056 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30057 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30059 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30061 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30063 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30064 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30065 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30067 Some other functions are:
30069 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30070 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30071 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30072 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30073 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30075 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30076 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30077 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30078 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30085 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30086 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30087 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30088 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30089 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30090 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30091 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30092 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30093 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30094 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30095 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30096 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30097 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30098 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30099 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30100 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30101 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30102 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30103 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30104 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30105 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30106 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30107 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30108 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30109 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30110 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30112 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30113 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30115 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30117 \(fn)" t nil)
30119 ;;;***
30121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21291
30122 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
30123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30125 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30126 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30128 Usage:
30129 ------
30131 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30132 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30133 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30134 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30135 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30136 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30137 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30138 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30139 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30141 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30142 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30143 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30144 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30146 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30147 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30148 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30149 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30150 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30152 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30153 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30156 HEADER INSERTION:
30157 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30158 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30159 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30162 STUTTERING:
30163 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30164 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30165 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30166 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30168 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30169 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30170 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30171 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30172 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30175 WORD COMPLETION:
30176 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30177 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30178 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30179 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30181 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30182 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30183 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30184 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30185 beginning with \"std\").
30187 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30188 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30189 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30190 stop.
30193 COMMENTS:
30194 `--' puts a single comment.
30195 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30196 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30197 with a comment in between.
30198 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30199 out following lines.
30200 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30201 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30202 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30203 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30205 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30206 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30207 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30208 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30209 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30210 non-nil.
30212 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30213 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30214 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30215 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30216 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30217 multi-line comments.
30220 INDENTATION:
30221 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30222 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30223 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30224 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30225 the entire region.
30227 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30228 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30229 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30230 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30232 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30233 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30234 and vice versa.
30236 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30237 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30239 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30240 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30241 line.
30244 ALIGNMENT:
30245 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30246 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30247 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30248 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30249 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30250 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30251 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30252 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30254 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30255 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30256 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30257 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30258 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30259 is non-nil.
30261 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30262 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30263 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30265 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30266 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30269 CODE FILLING:
30270 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30271 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30272 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30273 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30274 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30275 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30278 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30279 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30280 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30281 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30282 command:
30284 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30287 PORT TRANSLATION:
30288 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30289 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30290 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30291 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30292 internal signal initializations (menu).
30294 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30295 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30296 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30298 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30299 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30300 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30301 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30302 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30303 in subsequent paste operations.)
30305 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30306 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30307 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30310 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30311 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30312 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30313 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30314 association list with formals).
30317 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30318 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30319 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30320 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30321 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30322 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30323 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30324 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30325 `vhdl-testbench'.
30328 KEY BINDINGS:
30329 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30332 VHDL MENU:
30333 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30336 FILE BROWSER:
30337 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30338 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30339 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30341 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30342 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30345 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30346 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30347 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30348 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30350 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30351 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30352 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30354 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30355 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30356 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30357 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30359 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30360 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30361 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30362 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30363 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30365 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30366 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30367 required by secondary units.
30370 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30371 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30372 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30373 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30374 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30375 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30376 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30377 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30378 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30379 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30380 inputs to this component -> input port created
30381 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30382 outputs from this component -> output port created
30383 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30384 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30386 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30387 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30388 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30389 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30390 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30392 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30393 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30395 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30396 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30397 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30398 component instantiation is also supported (option
30399 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30401 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30402 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30403 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30404 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30405 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30406 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30407 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30408 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30409 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30410 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30411 generating the configuration.
30413 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30414 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30415 configurations in speedbar.
30417 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30420 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30421 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30422 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30423 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30424 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30425 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30426 information. New compilers can be added.
30428 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30429 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30432 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30433 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30434 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30435 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30436 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30438 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30439 command:
30441 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30442 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30443 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30445 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30446 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30447 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30448 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30449 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30450 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30451 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30452 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30453 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30455 Limitations:
30456 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30457 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30458 not (yet) supported.
30459 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30460 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30461 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30464 PROJECTS:
30465 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30466 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30467 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30468 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30469 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30470 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30471 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30472 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30474 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30475 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30476 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30477 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30478 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30479 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30480 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30481 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30482 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30483 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30484 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30487 SPECIAL MENUES:
30488 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30489 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30490 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30491 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30492 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30493 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30494 current directory for VHDL source files.
30497 VHDL STANDARDS:
30498 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30499 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30502 KEYWORD CASE:
30503 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30504 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30505 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30506 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30507 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30508 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30509 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30510 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30513 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30514 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30515 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30516 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30517 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30518 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30519 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30521 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30522 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30523 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30524 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30525 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30526 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30528 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30529 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30530 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30531 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30532 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30533 visually.
30535 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30536 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30537 highlighted if written in lower case.
30539 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30540 highlighted using a different background color if option
30541 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30543 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30544 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30545 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30546 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30547 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30550 USER MODELS:
30551 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30552 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30553 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30556 HIDE/SHOW:
30557 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30558 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30559 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30560 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30561 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30564 CODE UPDATING:
30565 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30566 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30567 Limitations:
30568 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30569 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30570 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30571 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30572 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30573 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30574 (used to obtain the port names).
30575 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30576 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30577 sensitivity lists.
30580 CODE FIXING:
30581 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30582 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30585 PRINTING:
30586 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30587 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30588 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30589 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30590 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30591 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30592 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30593 printers.
30596 OPTIONS:
30597 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30598 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30599 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30600 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30601 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30603 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30604 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30605 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30606 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30607 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30608 INSTALL file).
30610 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30611 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30614 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30615 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30616 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30617 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30619 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30622 HINTS:
30623 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30624 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30626 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30628 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30630 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30633 RELEASE NOTES:
30634 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30637 Maintenance:
30638 ------------
30640 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30641 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30643 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30645 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30646 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30647 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30648 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30650 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30651 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30652 where the latest version can be found.
30655 Known problems:
30656 ---------------
30658 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30659 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30660 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30661 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30664 The VHDL Mode Authors
30665 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30667 Key bindings:
30668 -------------
30670 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30672 \(fn)" t nil)
30674 ;;;***
30676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (21291 53104 431149
30677 ;;;;;; 0))
30678 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30680 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30681 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30682 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30683 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30685 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30686 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30687 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30688 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30689 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30691 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30692 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30694 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30696 * Limitations and unsupported features
30697 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30698 not supported.
30699 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30700 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30702 * Modifications
30703 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30704 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30705 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30706 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30707 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30708 for undoing a repeated change command.
30709 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30710 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30711 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30713 * Extensions
30714 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30715 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30716 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30717 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30718 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30719 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30720 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30721 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30723 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30725 \(fn)" t nil)
30727 ;;;***
30729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30730 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
30731 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30733 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30734 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30736 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30738 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30739 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30740 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30741 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30743 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30745 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30746 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30748 \(fn)" t nil)
30750 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30751 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30752 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30753 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30755 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30757 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30758 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30760 \(fn)" t nil)
30762 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30765 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30767 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30770 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30772 ;;;***
30774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
30775 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30777 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30778 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30779 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30781 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30783 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30784 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30785 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30786 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30788 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30790 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30791 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30793 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30795 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30796 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30797 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30798 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30799 moving around in the buffer.
30800 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30801 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30803 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30805 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30807 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30808 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30809 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30810 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30812 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30813 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30814 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30815 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30816 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30818 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30820 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30822 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30823 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30824 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30825 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30826 buffer.
30828 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30829 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30830 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30831 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30832 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30834 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30836 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30838 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30839 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30840 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30841 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30842 moving around in the buffer.
30843 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30844 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30846 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30848 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30849 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30850 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30852 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30853 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30854 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30855 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30857 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30858 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30859 own View-like bindings.
30861 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30863 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30864 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30865 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30866 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30867 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30868 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30869 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30871 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30873 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30875 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30876 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30877 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30879 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30880 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30881 own View-like bindings.
30883 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30885 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30886 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30887 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30888 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30889 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30890 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30891 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30893 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30895 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30897 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30898 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30899 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30901 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30902 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30903 own View-like bindings.
30905 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30907 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30908 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30910 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30911 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30913 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30914 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30915 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30916 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30918 \\<view-mode-map>
30920 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30921 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30922 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30923 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30924 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30925 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30926 to a repeat count of one.
30928 H, h, ? This message.
30929 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30930 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30931 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30932 > move to the end of buffer.
30933 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30934 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30935 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30936 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30937 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30938 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30939 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30940 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30941 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30942 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30943 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30944 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30945 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30946 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30947 Use this to view a changing file.
30948 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30949 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30950 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30951 . set the mark.
30952 x exchanges point and mark.
30953 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30954 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30955 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30956 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30957 ' go to position saved in character register.
30958 s do forward incremental search.
30959 r do reverse incremental search.
30960 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30961 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30962 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30963 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30964 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30965 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30966 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30967 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30968 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30969 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30970 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30971 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30972 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30973 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30974 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30975 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30976 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30978 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30979 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30980 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30981 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30982 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30983 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30984 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30985 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30986 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30988 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30990 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30992 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30993 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30994 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30995 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30996 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30997 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30998 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30999 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31000 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31002 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31004 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31006 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31007 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31008 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31009 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31010 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31011 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31013 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31014 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31015 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31017 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31019 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31021 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31023 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31024 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31026 \(fn)" t nil)
31028 ;;;***
31030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21291 53104 431149
31031 ;;;;;; 0))
31032 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31034 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31035 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31037 \(fn)" nil nil)
31039 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31040 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31042 \(fn)" t nil)
31044 ;;;***
31046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21291 53104 431149
31047 ;;;;;; 0))
31048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31049 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31051 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31052 Toggle Viper on/off.
31053 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31055 \(fn)" t nil)
31057 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31058 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31060 \(fn)" t nil)
31062 ;;;***
31064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
31065 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
31066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31068 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31069 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31070 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31071 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31072 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31073 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31074 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31075 the beginning of the warning.")
31077 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31078 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31079 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31080 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31081 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31082 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31083 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31084 also call that function before the next warning.")
31086 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31087 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31089 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31090 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31091 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31092 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31094 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31095 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31096 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31097 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31098 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31099 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31101 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31102 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31103 Default is :warning.
31105 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31106 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31107 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31108 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31109 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31110 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31112 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31113 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31114 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31116 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31118 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31119 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31121 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31123 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31124 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31125 \\<special-mode-map>
31126 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31127 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31129 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31130 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31131 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31132 can be whatever you like.)
31134 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31135 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31137 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31138 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31139 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31140 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31141 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31143 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31145 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31146 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31147 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31148 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31149 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31151 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31153 ;;;***
31155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31156 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31157 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31159 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31160 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31161 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31162 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31163 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31164 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31165 directories to reflect your edits.
31167 See `wdired-mode'.
31169 \(fn)" t nil)
31171 ;;;***
31173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 53104 431149
31174 ;;;;;; 0))
31175 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31177 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31178 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31180 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31181 hotlist.
31183 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31184 <nwv@acm.org>.
31186 \(fn)" t nil)
31188 ;;;***
31190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
31191 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
31192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31193 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31194 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31196 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31198 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31199 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31200 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31202 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31203 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31205 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31207 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31208 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31209 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31210 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31211 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31213 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31214 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31215 in certain major modes.
31217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31219 ;;;***
31221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 53104 431149
31222 ;;;;;; 0))
31223 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31224 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31226 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31227 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31232 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31233 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31237 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31238 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31240 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31241 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31243 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31244 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31245 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31246 use `whitespace-mode'.
31248 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31252 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31253 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31254 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31257 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31259 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31261 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31262 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31263 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31264 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31265 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31267 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31268 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31272 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31273 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31274 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31275 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31276 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31277 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31279 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31281 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31282 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31283 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31284 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31285 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31287 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31288 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31289 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31290 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31292 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31296 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31297 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31299 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31300 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31302 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31303 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31305 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31307 CHAR MEANING
31308 (VIA FACES)
31309 f toggle face visualization
31310 t toggle TAB visualization
31311 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31312 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31313 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31314 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31315 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31316 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31317 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31318 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31319 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31320 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31321 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31322 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31323 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31324 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31325 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31327 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31328 T toggle TAB visualization
31329 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31330 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31332 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31333 ? display brief help
31335 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31336 The valid symbols are:
31338 face toggle face visualization
31339 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31340 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31341 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31342 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31343 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31344 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31345 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31346 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31347 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31348 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31349 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31350 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31351 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31352 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31353 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31354 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31356 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31357 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31358 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31360 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31362 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31364 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31366 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31367 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31369 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31370 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31372 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31373 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31375 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31377 CHAR MEANING
31378 (VIA FACES)
31379 f toggle face visualization
31380 t toggle TAB visualization
31381 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31382 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31383 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31384 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31385 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31386 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31387 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31388 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31389 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31390 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31391 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31392 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31393 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31394 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31395 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31397 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31398 T toggle TAB visualization
31399 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31400 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31402 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31403 ? display brief help
31405 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31406 The valid symbols are:
31408 face toggle face visualization
31409 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31410 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31411 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31412 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31413 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31414 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31415 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31416 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31417 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31418 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31419 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31420 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31421 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31422 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31423 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31424 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31426 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31427 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31428 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31430 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31432 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31434 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31436 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31437 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31439 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31440 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31441 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31442 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31443 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31445 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31447 The problems cleaned up are:
31449 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31450 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31451 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31452 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31454 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31455 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31456 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31457 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31458 SPACEs.
31459 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31460 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31461 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31462 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31464 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31465 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31466 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31467 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31468 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31469 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31470 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31471 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31473 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31474 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31475 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31477 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31478 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31479 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31480 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31481 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31482 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31483 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31484 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31486 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31487 documentation.
31489 \(fn)" t nil)
31491 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31492 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31494 The problems cleaned up are:
31496 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31497 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31498 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31499 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31500 SPACEs.
31501 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31502 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31503 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31504 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31506 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31507 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31508 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31509 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31510 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31511 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31512 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31513 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31515 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31516 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31517 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31519 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31520 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31521 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31522 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31523 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31524 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31525 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31526 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31528 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31529 documentation.
31531 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31533 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31534 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31536 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31537 non-nil.
31539 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31540 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31541 `whitespace-style' to have:
31543 empty
31544 trailing
31545 indentation
31546 space-before-tab
31547 space-after-tab
31549 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31550 whitespace problems in buffer.
31552 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31554 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31555 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31556 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31557 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31558 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31559 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31560 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31562 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31563 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31564 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31565 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31566 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31567 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31568 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31570 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31571 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31572 cleaning up these problems.
31574 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31576 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31577 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31579 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31580 non-nil.
31582 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31583 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31584 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31586 empty
31587 indentation
31588 space-before-tab
31589 trailing
31590 space-after-tab
31592 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31593 whitespace problems in buffer.
31595 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31597 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31598 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31599 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31600 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31601 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31602 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31603 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31605 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31606 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31607 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31608 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31609 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31610 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31611 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31613 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31614 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31615 cleaning up these problems.
31617 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31619 ;;;***
31621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 53104 431149
31622 ;;;;;; 0))
31623 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31625 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31626 Browse the widget under point.
31628 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31630 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31631 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31633 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31635 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31636 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31638 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31640 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31641 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31642 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31643 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31644 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31646 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31648 ;;;***
31650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 53104 431149
31651 ;;;;;; 0))
31652 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31654 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31655 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31657 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31659 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31660 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31661 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31663 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31665 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31666 Create widget of TYPE.
31667 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31669 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31671 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31672 Delete WIDGET.
31674 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31676 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31677 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31679 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31681 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31682 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31683 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31684 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31686 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31687 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31689 \(fn)" nil nil)
31691 ;;;***
31693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 53104 431149
31694 ;;;;;; 0))
31695 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31697 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31698 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31699 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31700 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31701 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31702 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31703 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31707 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31708 Select the window above the current one.
31709 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31710 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31711 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31712 negative ARG) of the current window.
31713 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31717 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31718 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31719 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31720 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31721 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31722 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31723 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31727 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31728 Select the window below the current one.
31729 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31730 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31731 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31732 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31733 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31737 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31738 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31739 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31740 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31742 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31744 ;;;***
31746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31747 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31749 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31750 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31751 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31753 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31754 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31756 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31758 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31759 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31762 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31763 \\{winner-mode-map}
31765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31767 ;;;***
31769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31770 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31771 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31773 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31774 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31775 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31776 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31777 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31779 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31781 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31782 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31783 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31784 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31785 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31786 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31787 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31788 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31790 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31791 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31793 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31795 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31796 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31798 \(fn)" t nil)
31800 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31801 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31802 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31803 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31804 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31805 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31806 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31807 `woman' command for further details.
31809 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31811 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31812 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31814 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31816 ;;;***
31818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21291 53104
31819 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
31820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31821 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31823 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31824 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31826 BUGS:
31827 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31828 are not implemented
31829 - Options for search and replace
31830 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31831 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31833 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31834 Emacs-like.
31836 \(fn)" t nil)
31838 ;;;***
31840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31841 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31843 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31844 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31845 Return the top node with all its children.
31846 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31848 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31849 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31850 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31852 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31854 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31855 namespace to URIs instead.
31857 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31858 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31860 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31862 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31864 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31866 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31867 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31868 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31869 not contain well-formed XML.
31871 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31872 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31873 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31874 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31875 element of the list.
31876 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31877 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31878 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31880 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31882 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31883 namespace to URIs instead.
31885 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31886 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31888 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31890 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31892 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31894 ;;;***
31896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21291 57968 317602
31897 ;;;;;; 643000))
31898 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31900 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31901 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31902 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31903 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31904 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31905 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31906 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31907 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31908 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31909 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31911 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31913 ;;;***
31915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21291 53104 431149
31916 ;;;;;; 0))
31917 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31919 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31920 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31921 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31922 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31923 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31924 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31926 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31928 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31929 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31930 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31931 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31932 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31934 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31935 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31936 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31937 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31938 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31939 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31943 ;;;***
31945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31948 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31949 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31951 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31953 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31954 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31956 \(fn)" nil nil)
31958 ;;;***
31960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31961 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31963 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31964 Zone out, completely.
31966 \(fn)" t nil)
31968 ;;;***
31970 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21321 34786 372533
32187 ;;;;;; 150000))
32189 ;;;***
32191 (provide 'loaddefs)
32192 ;; Local Variables:
32193 ;; version-control: never
32194 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32195 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32196 ;; coding: utf-8
32197 ;; End:
32198 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here